diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'Documentation')
111 files changed, 3396 insertions, 520 deletions
diff --git a/Documentation/00-INDEX b/Documentation/00-INDEX index 65bbd2622396..a1a643272883 100644 --- a/Documentation/00-INDEX +++ b/Documentation/00-INDEX | |||
@@ -7,8 +7,8 @@ Please try and keep the descriptions small enough to fit on one line. | |||
7 | 7 | ||
8 | Following translations are available on the WWW: | 8 | Following translations are available on the WWW: |
9 | 9 | ||
10 | - Japanese, maintained by the JF Project (JF@linux.or.jp), at | 10 | - Japanese, maintained by the JF Project (jf@listserv.linux.or.jp), at |
11 | http://www.linux.or.jp/JF/ | 11 | http://linuxjf.sourceforge.jp/ |
12 | 12 | ||
13 | 00-INDEX | 13 | 00-INDEX |
14 | - this file. | 14 | - this file. |
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-class-rfkill b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-class-rfkill index 4201d5b05515..ff60ad9eca4c 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-class-rfkill +++ b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-class-rfkill | |||
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ Date: 09-Jul-2007 | |||
7 | KernelVersion v2.6.22 | 7 | KernelVersion v2.6.22 |
8 | Contact: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org | 8 | Contact: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org |
9 | Description: Current state of the transmitter. | 9 | Description: Current state of the transmitter. |
10 | This file is deprecated and sheduled to be removed in 2014, | 10 | This file is deprecated and scheduled to be removed in 2014, |
11 | because its not possible to express the 'soft and hard block' | 11 | because its not possible to express the 'soft and hard block' |
12 | state of the rfkill driver. | 12 | state of the rfkill driver. |
13 | Values: A numeric value. | 13 | Values: A numeric value. |
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/removed/devfs b/Documentation/ABI/removed/devfs index 8ffd28bf6598..0020c49933c4 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/removed/devfs +++ b/Documentation/ABI/removed/devfs | |||
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ | |||
1 | What: devfs | 1 | What: devfs |
2 | Date: July 2005 (scheduled), finally removed in kernel v2.6.18 | 2 | Date: July 2005 (scheduled), finally removed in kernel v2.6.18 |
3 | Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de> | 3 | Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> |
4 | Description: | 4 | Description: |
5 | devfs has been unmaintained for a number of years, has unfixable | 5 | devfs has been unmaintained for a number of years, has unfixable |
6 | races, contains a naming policy within the kernel that is | 6 | races, contains a naming policy within the kernel that is |
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-usb-usbtmc b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-usb-usbtmc index 9a75fb22187d..23a43b8207e6 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-usb-usbtmc +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-usb-usbtmc | |||
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ | |||
1 | What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/devices/*/interface_capabilities | 1 | What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/devices/*/interface_capabilities |
2 | What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/devices/*/device_capabilities | 2 | What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/devices/*/device_capabilities |
3 | Date: August 2008 | 3 | Date: August 2008 |
4 | Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de> | 4 | Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> |
5 | Description: | 5 | Description: |
6 | These files show the various USB TMC capabilities as described | 6 | These files show the various USB TMC capabilities as described |
7 | by the device itself. The full description of the bitfields | 7 | by the device itself. The full description of the bitfields |
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ Description: | |||
15 | What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/devices/*/usb488_interface_capabilities | 15 | What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/devices/*/usb488_interface_capabilities |
16 | What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/devices/*/usb488_device_capabilities | 16 | What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/devices/*/usb488_device_capabilities |
17 | Date: August 2008 | 17 | Date: August 2008 |
18 | Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de> | 18 | Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> |
19 | Description: | 19 | Description: |
20 | These files show the various USB TMC capabilities as described | 20 | These files show the various USB TMC capabilities as described |
21 | by the device itself. The full description of the bitfields | 21 | by the device itself. The full description of the bitfields |
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ Description: | |||
29 | 29 | ||
30 | What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/devices/*/TermChar | 30 | What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/devices/*/TermChar |
31 | Date: August 2008 | 31 | Date: August 2008 |
32 | Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de> | 32 | Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> |
33 | Description: | 33 | Description: |
34 | This file is the TermChar value to be sent to the USB TMC | 34 | This file is the TermChar value to be sent to the USB TMC |
35 | device as described by the document, "Universal Serial Bus Test | 35 | device as described by the document, "Universal Serial Bus Test |
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ Description: | |||
42 | 42 | ||
43 | What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/devices/*/TermCharEnabled | 43 | What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/devices/*/TermCharEnabled |
44 | Date: August 2008 | 44 | Date: August 2008 |
45 | Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de> | 45 | Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> |
46 | Description: | 46 | Description: |
47 | This file determines if the TermChar is to be sent to the | 47 | This file determines if the TermChar is to be sent to the |
48 | device on every transaction or not. For more details about | 48 | device on every transaction or not. For more details about |
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ Description: | |||
53 | 53 | ||
54 | What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/devices/*/auto_abort | 54 | What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/devices/*/auto_abort |
55 | Date: August 2008 | 55 | Date: August 2008 |
56 | Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de> | 56 | Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> |
57 | Description: | 57 | Description: |
58 | This file determines if the the transaction of the USB TMC | 58 | This file determines if the the transaction of the USB TMC |
59 | device is to be automatically aborted if there is any error. | 59 | device is to be automatically aborted if there is any error. |
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-module b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-module index 75be43118335..a0dd21c6db59 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-module +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-module | |||
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ Description: | |||
6 | The name of the module that is in the kernel. This | 6 | The name of the module that is in the kernel. This |
7 | module name will show up either if the module is built | 7 | module name will show up either if the module is built |
8 | directly into the kernel, or if it is loaded as a | 8 | directly into the kernel, or if it is loaded as a |
9 | dyanmic module. | 9 | dynamic module. |
10 | 10 | ||
11 | /sys/module/MODULENAME/parameters | 11 | /sys/module/MODULENAME/parameters |
12 | This directory contains individual files that are each | 12 | This directory contains individual files that are each |
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb index b4f548792e32..7c22a532fdfb 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb | |||
@@ -182,3 +182,14 @@ Description: | |||
182 | USB2 hardware LPM is enabled for the device. Developer can | 182 | USB2 hardware LPM is enabled for the device. Developer can |
183 | write y/Y/1 or n/N/0 to the file to enable/disable the | 183 | write y/Y/1 or n/N/0 to the file to enable/disable the |
184 | feature. | 184 | feature. |
185 | |||
186 | What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../removable | ||
187 | Date: February 2012 | ||
188 | Contact: Matthew Garrett <mjg@redhat.com> | ||
189 | Description: | ||
190 | Some information about whether a given USB device is | ||
191 | physically fixed to the platform can be inferred from a | ||
192 | combination of hub decriptor bits and platform-specific data | ||
193 | such as ACPI. This file will read either "removable" or | ||
194 | "fixed" if the information is available, and "unknown" | ||
195 | otherwise. \ No newline at end of file | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class index 4b0cb891e46e..676530fcf747 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class | |||
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ | |||
1 | What: /sys/class/ | 1 | What: /sys/class/ |
2 | Date: Febuary 2006 | 2 | Date: Febuary 2006 |
3 | Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de> | 3 | Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> |
4 | Description: | 4 | Description: |
5 | The /sys/class directory will consist of a group of | 5 | The /sys/class directory will consist of a group of |
6 | subdirectories describing individual classes of devices | 6 | subdirectories describing individual classes of devices |
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-mesh b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-mesh index b02001488eef..b218e0f8bdb3 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-mesh +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-mesh | |||
@@ -65,6 +65,13 @@ Description: | |||
65 | Defines the penalty which will be applied to an | 65 | Defines the penalty which will be applied to an |
66 | originator message's tq-field on every hop. | 66 | originator message's tq-field on every hop. |
67 | 67 | ||
68 | What: /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/routing_algo | ||
69 | Date: Dec 2011 | ||
70 | Contact: Marek Lindner <lindner_marek@yahoo.de> | ||
71 | Description: | ||
72 | Defines the routing procotol this mesh instance | ||
73 | uses to find the optimal paths through the mesh. | ||
74 | |||
68 | What: /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/vis_mode | 75 | What: /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/vis_mode |
69 | Date: May 2010 | 76 | Date: May 2010 |
70 | Contact: Marek Lindner <lindner_marek@yahoo.de> | 77 | Contact: Marek Lindner <lindner_marek@yahoo.de> |
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices index 6a25671ee5f6..5fcc94358b8d 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices | |||
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ | |||
1 | What: /sys/devices | 1 | What: /sys/devices |
2 | Date: February 2006 | 2 | Date: February 2006 |
3 | Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de> | 3 | Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> |
4 | Description: | 4 | Description: |
5 | The /sys/devices tree contains a snapshot of the | 5 | The /sys/devices tree contains a snapshot of the |
6 | internal state of the kernel device tree. Devices will | 6 | internal state of the kernel device tree. Devices will |
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power index 8ffbc25376a0..840f7d64d483 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power | |||
@@ -165,3 +165,21 @@ Description: | |||
165 | 165 | ||
166 | Not all drivers support this attribute. If it isn't supported, | 166 | Not all drivers support this attribute. If it isn't supported, |
167 | attempts to read or write it will yield I/O errors. | 167 | attempts to read or write it will yield I/O errors. |
168 | |||
169 | What: /sys/devices/.../power/pm_qos_latency_us | ||
170 | Date: March 2012 | ||
171 | Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl> | ||
172 | Description: | ||
173 | The /sys/devices/.../power/pm_qos_resume_latency_us attribute | ||
174 | contains the PM QoS resume latency limit for the given device, | ||
175 | which is the maximum allowed time it can take to resume the | ||
176 | device, after it has been suspended at run time, from a resume | ||
177 | request to the moment the device will be ready to process I/O, | ||
178 | in microseconds. If it is equal to 0, however, this means that | ||
179 | the PM QoS resume latency may be arbitrary. | ||
180 | |||
181 | Not all drivers support this attribute. If it isn't supported, | ||
182 | it is not present. | ||
183 | |||
184 | This attribute has no effect on system-wide suspend/resume and | ||
185 | hibernation. | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-soc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-soc new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..6d9cc253f2b2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-soc | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ | |||
1 | What: /sys/devices/socX | ||
2 | Date: January 2012 | ||
3 | contact: Lee Jones <lee.jones@linaro.org> | ||
4 | Description: | ||
5 | The /sys/devices/ directory contains a sub-directory for each | ||
6 | System-on-Chip (SoC) device on a running platform. Information | ||
7 | regarding each SoC can be obtained by reading sysfs files. This | ||
8 | functionality is only available if implemented by the platform. | ||
9 | |||
10 | The directory created for each SoC will also house information | ||
11 | about devices which are commonly contained in /sys/devices/platform. | ||
12 | It has been agreed that if an SoC device exists, its supported | ||
13 | devices would be better suited to appear as children of that SoC. | ||
14 | |||
15 | What: /sys/devices/socX/machine | ||
16 | Date: January 2012 | ||
17 | contact: Lee Jones <lee.jones@linaro.org> | ||
18 | Description: | ||
19 | Read-only attribute common to all SoCs. Contains the SoC machine | ||
20 | name (e.g. Ux500). | ||
21 | |||
22 | What: /sys/devices/socX/family | ||
23 | Date: January 2012 | ||
24 | contact: Lee Jones <lee.jones@linaro.org> | ||
25 | Description: | ||
26 | Read-only attribute common to all SoCs. Contains SoC family name | ||
27 | (e.g. DB8500). | ||
28 | |||
29 | What: /sys/devices/socX/soc_id | ||
30 | Date: January 2012 | ||
31 | contact: Lee Jones <lee.jones@linaro.org> | ||
32 | Description: | ||
33 | Read-only attribute supported by most SoCs. In the case of | ||
34 | ST-Ericsson's chips this contains the SoC serial number. | ||
35 | |||
36 | What: /sys/devices/socX/revision | ||
37 | Date: January 2012 | ||
38 | contact: Lee Jones <lee.jones@linaro.org> | ||
39 | Description: | ||
40 | Read-only attribute supported by most SoCs. Contains the SoC's | ||
41 | manufacturing revision number. | ||
42 | |||
43 | What: /sys/devices/socX/process | ||
44 | Date: January 2012 | ||
45 | contact: Lee Jones <lee.jones@linaro.org> | ||
46 | Description: | ||
47 | Read-only attribute supported ST-Ericsson's silicon. Contains the | ||
48 | the process by which the silicon chip was manufactured. | ||
49 | |||
50 | What: /sys/bus/soc | ||
51 | Date: January 2012 | ||
52 | contact: Lee Jones <lee.jones@linaro.org> | ||
53 | Description: | ||
54 | The /sys/bus/soc/ directory contains the usual sub-folders | ||
55 | expected under most buses. /sys/bus/soc/devices is of particular | ||
56 | interest, as it contains a symlink for each SoC device found on | ||
57 | the system. Each symlink points back into the aforementioned | ||
58 | /sys/devices/socX devices. | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-samsung-laptop b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-samsung-laptop index 0a810231aad4..e82e7c2b8f80 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-samsung-laptop +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-samsung-laptop | |||
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ | |||
1 | What: /sys/devices/platform/samsung/performance_level | 1 | What: /sys/devices/platform/samsung/performance_level |
2 | Date: January 1, 2010 | 2 | Date: January 1, 2010 |
3 | KernelVersion: 2.6.33 | 3 | KernelVersion: 2.6.33 |
4 | Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de> | 4 | Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> |
5 | Description: Some Samsung laptops have different "performance levels" | 5 | Description: Some Samsung laptops have different "performance levels" |
6 | that are can be modified by a function key, and by this | 6 | that are can be modified by a function key, and by this |
7 | sysfs file. These values don't always make a whole lot | 7 | sysfs file. These values don't always make a whole lot |
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/80211.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/80211.tmpl index 2014155c899d..c5ac6929c41c 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/80211.tmpl +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/80211.tmpl | |||
@@ -129,7 +129,6 @@ | |||
129 | !Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_pmksa | 129 | !Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_pmksa |
130 | !Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_send_rx_auth | 130 | !Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_send_rx_auth |
131 | !Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_send_auth_timeout | 131 | !Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_send_auth_timeout |
132 | !Finclude/net/cfg80211.h __cfg80211_auth_canceled | ||
133 | !Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_send_rx_assoc | 132 | !Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_send_rx_assoc |
134 | !Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_send_assoc_timeout | 133 | !Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_send_assoc_timeout |
135 | !Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_send_deauth | 134 | !Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_send_deauth |
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/filesystems.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/filesystems.tmpl index f51f28531b8d..3fca32c41927 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/filesystems.tmpl +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/filesystems.tmpl | |||
@@ -387,7 +387,7 @@ an example. | |||
387 | <title>See also</title> | 387 | <title>See also</title> |
388 | <para> | 388 | <para> |
389 | <citation> | 389 | <citation> |
390 | <ulink url="ftp://ftp.uk.linux.org/pub/linux/sct/fs/jfs/journal-design.ps.gz"> | 390 | <ulink url="http://kernel.org/pub/linux/kernel/people/sct/ext3/journal-design.ps.gz"> |
391 | Journaling the Linux ext2fs Filesystem, LinuxExpo 98, Stephen Tweedie | 391 | Journaling the Linux ext2fs Filesystem, LinuxExpo 98, Stephen Tweedie |
392 | </ulink> | 392 | </ulink> |
393 | </citation> | 393 | </citation> |
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/libata.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/libata.tmpl index cdd1bb9aac0d..31df1aa00710 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/libata.tmpl +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/libata.tmpl | |||
@@ -22,8 +22,8 @@ | |||
22 | <para> | 22 | <para> |
23 | The contents of this file are subject to the Open | 23 | The contents of this file are subject to the Open |
24 | Software License version 1.1 that can be found at | 24 | Software License version 1.1 that can be found at |
25 | <ulink url="http://www.opensource.org/licenses/osl-1.1.txt">http://www.opensource.org/licenses/osl-1.1.txt</ulink> and is included herein | 25 | <ulink url="http://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Licensing:OSL1.1">http://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Licensing:OSL1.1</ulink> |
26 | by reference. | 26 | and is included herein by reference. |
27 | </para> | 27 | </para> |
28 | 28 | ||
29 | <para> | 29 | <para> |
@@ -945,7 +945,7 @@ and other resources, etc. | |||
945 | 945 | ||
946 | <listitem> | 946 | <listitem> |
947 | <para> | 947 | <para> |
948 | !BSY && ERR after CDB tranfer starts but before the | 948 | !BSY && ERR after CDB transfer starts but before the |
949 | last byte of CDB is transferred. ATA/ATAPI standard states | 949 | last byte of CDB is transferred. ATA/ATAPI standard states |
950 | that "The device shall not terminate the PACKET command | 950 | that "The device shall not terminate the PACKET command |
951 | with an error before the last byte of the command packet has | 951 | with an error before the last byte of the command packet has |
@@ -1050,7 +1050,7 @@ and other resources, etc. | |||
1050 | to complete a command. Combined with the fact that MWDMA | 1050 | to complete a command. Combined with the fact that MWDMA |
1051 | and PIO transfer errors aren't allowed to use ICRC bit up to | 1051 | and PIO transfer errors aren't allowed to use ICRC bit up to |
1052 | ATA/ATAPI-7, it seems to imply that ABRT bit alone could | 1052 | ATA/ATAPI-7, it seems to imply that ABRT bit alone could |
1053 | indicate tranfer errors. | 1053 | indicate transfer errors. |
1054 | </para> | 1054 | </para> |
1055 | <para> | 1055 | <para> |
1056 | However, ATA/ATAPI-8 draft revision 1f removes the part | 1056 | However, ATA/ATAPI-8 draft revision 1f removes the part |
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/compat.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/compat.xml index c736380b4647..a2485b3ff3d2 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/compat.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/compat.xml | |||
@@ -444,7 +444,7 @@ linkend="pixfmt-rgb"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_BGR24</constant></link></para></entr | |||
444 | <entry><para><link | 444 | <entry><para><link |
445 | linkend="pixfmt-rgb"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_BGR32</constant></link><footnote> | 445 | linkend="pixfmt-rgb"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_BGR32</constant></link><footnote> |
446 | <para>Presumably all V4L RGB formats are | 446 | <para>Presumably all V4L RGB formats are |
447 | little-endian, although some drivers might interpret them according to machine endianess. V4L2 defines little-endian, big-endian and red/blue | 447 | little-endian, although some drivers might interpret them according to machine endianness. V4L2 defines little-endian, big-endian and red/blue |
448 | swapped variants. For details see <xref linkend="pixfmt-rgb" />.</para> | 448 | swapped variants. For details see <xref linkend="pixfmt-rgb" />.</para> |
449 | </footnote></para></entry> | 449 | </footnote></para></entry> |
450 | </row> | 450 | </row> |
@@ -823,7 +823,7 @@ standard); 35468950 Hz PAL and SECAM (625-line standards)</entry> | |||
823 | <row> | 823 | <row> |
824 | <entry>sample_format</entry> | 824 | <entry>sample_format</entry> |
825 | <entry>V4L2_PIX_FMT_GREY. The last four bytes (a | 825 | <entry>V4L2_PIX_FMT_GREY. The last four bytes (a |
826 | machine endianess integer) contain a frame counter.</entry> | 826 | machine endianness integer) contain a frame counter.</entry> |
827 | </row> | 827 | </row> |
828 | <row> | 828 | <row> |
829 | <entry>start[]</entry> | 829 | <entry>start[]</entry> |
diff --git a/Documentation/IRQ-domain.txt b/Documentation/IRQ-domain.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..27dcaabfb4db --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/IRQ-domain.txt | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@ | |||
1 | irq_domain interrupt number mapping library | ||
2 | |||
3 | The current design of the Linux kernel uses a single large number | ||
4 | space where each separate IRQ source is assigned a different number. | ||
5 | This is simple when there is only one interrupt controller, but in | ||
6 | systems with multiple interrupt controllers the kernel must ensure | ||
7 | that each one gets assigned non-overlapping allocations of Linux | ||
8 | IRQ numbers. | ||
9 | |||
10 | The irq_alloc_desc*() and irq_free_desc*() APIs provide allocation of | ||
11 | irq numbers, but they don't provide any support for reverse mapping of | ||
12 | the controller-local IRQ (hwirq) number into the Linux IRQ number | ||
13 | space. | ||
14 | |||
15 | The irq_domain library adds mapping between hwirq and IRQ numbers on | ||
16 | top of the irq_alloc_desc*() API. An irq_domain to manage mapping is | ||
17 | preferred over interrupt controller drivers open coding their own | ||
18 | reverse mapping scheme. | ||
19 | |||
20 | irq_domain also implements translation from Device Tree interrupt | ||
21 | specifiers to hwirq numbers, and can be easily extended to support | ||
22 | other IRQ topology data sources. | ||
23 | |||
24 | === irq_domain usage === | ||
25 | An interrupt controller driver creates and registers an irq_domain by | ||
26 | calling one of the irq_domain_add_*() functions (each mapping method | ||
27 | has a different allocator function, more on that later). The function | ||
28 | will return a pointer to the irq_domain on success. The caller must | ||
29 | provide the allocator function with an irq_domain_ops structure with | ||
30 | the .map callback populated as a minimum. | ||
31 | |||
32 | In most cases, the irq_domain will begin empty without any mappings | ||
33 | between hwirq and IRQ numbers. Mappings are added to the irq_domain | ||
34 | by calling irq_create_mapping() which accepts the irq_domain and a | ||
35 | hwirq number as arguments. If a mapping for the hwirq doesn't already | ||
36 | exist then it will allocate a new Linux irq_desc, associate it with | ||
37 | the hwirq, and call the .map() callback so the driver can perform any | ||
38 | required hardware setup. | ||
39 | |||
40 | When an interrupt is received, irq_find_mapping() function should | ||
41 | be used to find the Linux IRQ number from the hwirq number. | ||
42 | |||
43 | If the driver has the Linux IRQ number or the irq_data pointer, and | ||
44 | needs to know the associated hwirq number (such as in the irq_chip | ||
45 | callbacks) then it can be directly obtained from irq_data->hwirq. | ||
46 | |||
47 | === Types of irq_domain mappings === | ||
48 | There are several mechanisms available for reverse mapping from hwirq | ||
49 | to Linux irq, and each mechanism uses a different allocation function. | ||
50 | Which reverse map type should be used depends on the use case. Each | ||
51 | of the reverse map types are described below: | ||
52 | |||
53 | ==== Linear ==== | ||
54 | irq_domain_add_linear() | ||
55 | |||
56 | The linear reverse map maintains a fixed size table indexed by the | ||
57 | hwirq number. When a hwirq is mapped, an irq_desc is allocated for | ||
58 | the hwirq, and the IRQ number is stored in the table. | ||
59 | |||
60 | The Linear map is a good choice when the maximum number of hwirqs is | ||
61 | fixed and a relatively small number (~ < 256). The advantages of this | ||
62 | map are fixed time lookup for IRQ numbers, and irq_descs are only | ||
63 | allocated for in-use IRQs. The disadvantage is that the table must be | ||
64 | as large as the largest possible hwirq number. | ||
65 | |||
66 | The majority of drivers should use the linear map. | ||
67 | |||
68 | ==== Tree ==== | ||
69 | irq_domain_add_tree() | ||
70 | |||
71 | The irq_domain maintains a radix tree map from hwirq numbers to Linux | ||
72 | IRQs. When an hwirq is mapped, an irq_desc is allocated and the | ||
73 | hwirq is used as the lookup key for the radix tree. | ||
74 | |||
75 | The tree map is a good choice if the hwirq number can be very large | ||
76 | since it doesn't need to allocate a table as large as the largest | ||
77 | hwirq number. The disadvantage is that hwirq to IRQ number lookup is | ||
78 | dependent on how many entries are in the table. | ||
79 | |||
80 | Very few drivers should need this mapping. At the moment, powerpc | ||
81 | iseries is the only user. | ||
82 | |||
83 | ==== No Map ===- | ||
84 | irq_domain_add_nomap() | ||
85 | |||
86 | The No Map mapping is to be used when the hwirq number is | ||
87 | programmable in the hardware. In this case it is best to program the | ||
88 | Linux IRQ number into the hardware itself so that no mapping is | ||
89 | required. Calling irq_create_direct_mapping() will allocate a Linux | ||
90 | IRQ number and call the .map() callback so that driver can program the | ||
91 | Linux IRQ number into the hardware. | ||
92 | |||
93 | Most drivers cannot use this mapping. | ||
94 | |||
95 | ==== Legacy ==== | ||
96 | irq_domain_add_legacy() | ||
97 | irq_domain_add_legacy_isa() | ||
98 | |||
99 | The Legacy mapping is a special case for drivers that already have a | ||
100 | range of irq_descs allocated for the hwirqs. It is used when the | ||
101 | driver cannot be immediately converted to use the linear mapping. For | ||
102 | example, many embedded system board support files use a set of #defines | ||
103 | for IRQ numbers that are passed to struct device registrations. In that | ||
104 | case the Linux IRQ numbers cannot be dynamically assigned and the legacy | ||
105 | mapping should be used. | ||
106 | |||
107 | The legacy map assumes a contiguous range of IRQ numbers has already | ||
108 | been allocated for the controller and that the IRQ number can be | ||
109 | calculated by adding a fixed offset to the hwirq number, and | ||
110 | visa-versa. The disadvantage is that it requires the interrupt | ||
111 | controller to manage IRQ allocations and it requires an irq_desc to be | ||
112 | allocated for every hwirq, even if it is unused. | ||
113 | |||
114 | The legacy map should only be used if fixed IRQ mappings must be | ||
115 | supported. For example, ISA controllers would use the legacy map for | ||
116 | mapping Linux IRQs 0-15 so that existing ISA drivers get the correct IRQ | ||
117 | numbers. | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/RTFP.txt b/Documentation/RCU/RTFP.txt index c43460dade0f..7c1dfb19fc40 100644 --- a/Documentation/RCU/RTFP.txt +++ b/Documentation/RCU/RTFP.txt | |||
@@ -1,9 +1,10 @@ | |||
1 | Read the F-ing Papers! | 1 | Read the Fscking Papers! |
2 | 2 | ||
3 | 3 | ||
4 | This document describes RCU-related publications, and is followed by | 4 | This document describes RCU-related publications, and is followed by |
5 | the corresponding bibtex entries. A number of the publications may | 5 | the corresponding bibtex entries. A number of the publications may |
6 | be found at http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU/. | 6 | be found at http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU/. For others, browsers |
7 | and search engines will usually find what you are looking for. | ||
7 | 8 | ||
8 | The first thing resembling RCU was published in 1980, when Kung and Lehman | 9 | The first thing resembling RCU was published in 1980, when Kung and Lehman |
9 | [Kung80] recommended use of a garbage collector to defer destruction | 10 | [Kung80] recommended use of a garbage collector to defer destruction |
@@ -160,7 +161,26 @@ which Mathieu Desnoyers is now maintaining [MathieuDesnoyers2009URCU] | |||
160 | [MathieuDesnoyersPhD]. TINY_RCU [PaulEMcKenney2009BloatWatchRCU] made | 161 | [MathieuDesnoyersPhD]. TINY_RCU [PaulEMcKenney2009BloatWatchRCU] made |
161 | its appearance, as did expedited RCU [PaulEMcKenney2009expeditedRCU]. | 162 | its appearance, as did expedited RCU [PaulEMcKenney2009expeditedRCU]. |
162 | The problem of resizeable RCU-protected hash tables may now be on a path | 163 | The problem of resizeable RCU-protected hash tables may now be on a path |
163 | to a solution [JoshTriplett2009RPHash]. | 164 | to a solution [JoshTriplett2009RPHash]. A few academic researchers are now |
165 | using RCU to solve their parallel problems [HariKannan2009DynamicAnalysisRCU]. | ||
166 | |||
167 | 2010 produced a simpler preemptible-RCU implementation | ||
168 | based on TREE_RCU [PaulEMcKenney2010SimpleOptRCU], lockdep-RCU | ||
169 | [PaulEMcKenney2010LockdepRCU], another resizeable RCU-protected hash | ||
170 | table [HerbertXu2010RCUResizeHash] (this one consuming more memory, | ||
171 | but allowing arbitrary changes in hash function, as required for DoS | ||
172 | avoidance in the networking code), realization of the 2009 RCU-protected | ||
173 | hash table with atomic node move [JoshTriplett2010RPHash], an update on | ||
174 | the RCU API [PaulEMcKenney2010RCUAPI]. | ||
175 | |||
176 | 2011 marked the inclusion of Nick Piggin's fully lockless dentry search | ||
177 | [LinusTorvalds2011Linux2:6:38:rc1:NPigginVFS], an RCU-protected red-black | ||
178 | tree using software transactional memory to protect concurrent updates | ||
179 | (strange, but true!) [PhilHoward2011RCUTMRBTree], yet another variant of | ||
180 | RCU-protected resizeable hash tables [Triplett:2011:RPHash], the 3.0 RCU | ||
181 | trainwreck [PaulEMcKenney2011RCU3.0trainwreck], and Neil Brown's "Meet the | ||
182 | Lockers" LWN article [NeilBrown2011MeetTheLockers]. | ||
183 | |||
164 | 184 | ||
165 | Bibtex Entries | 185 | Bibtex Entries |
166 | 186 | ||
@@ -173,6 +193,14 @@ Bibtex Entries | |||
173 | ,volume="5" | 193 | ,volume="5" |
174 | ,number="3" | 194 | ,number="3" |
175 | ,pages="354-382" | 195 | ,pages="354-382" |
196 | ,note="Available: | ||
197 | \url{http://portal.acm.org/citation.cfm?id=320619&dl=GUIDE,} | ||
198 | [Viewed December 3, 2007]" | ||
199 | ,annotation={ | ||
200 | Use garbage collector to clean up data after everyone is done with it. | ||
201 | . | ||
202 | Oldest use of something vaguely resembling RCU that I have found. | ||
203 | } | ||
176 | } | 204 | } |
177 | 205 | ||
178 | @techreport{Manber82 | 206 | @techreport{Manber82 |
@@ -184,6 +212,31 @@ Bibtex Entries | |||
184 | ,number="82-01-01" | 212 | ,number="82-01-01" |
185 | ,month="January" | 213 | ,month="January" |
186 | ,pages="28" | 214 | ,pages="28" |
215 | ,annotation={ | ||
216 | . | ||
217 | Superseded by Manber84. | ||
218 | . | ||
219 | Describes concurrent AVL tree implementation. Uses a | ||
220 | garbage-collection mechanism to handle concurrent use and deletion | ||
221 | of nodes in the tree, but lacks the summary-of-execution-history | ||
222 | concept of read-copy locking. | ||
223 | . | ||
224 | Keeps full list of processes that were active when a given | ||
225 | node was to be deleted, and waits until all such processes have | ||
226 | -terminated- before allowing this node to be reused. This is | ||
227 | not described in great detail -- one could imagine using process | ||
228 | IDs for this if the ID space was large enough that overlapping | ||
229 | never occurred. | ||
230 | . | ||
231 | This restriction makes this algorithm unsuitable for use in | ||
232 | systems comprised of long-lived processes. It also produces | ||
233 | completely unacceptable overhead in systems with large numbers | ||
234 | of processes. Finally, it is specific to AVL trees. | ||
235 | . | ||
236 | Cites Kung80, so not an independent invention, but the first | ||
237 | RCU-like usage that does not rely on an automatic garbage | ||
238 | collector. | ||
239 | } | ||
187 | } | 240 | } |
188 | 241 | ||
189 | @article{Manber84 | 242 | @article{Manber84 |
@@ -195,6 +248,74 @@ Bibtex Entries | |||
195 | ,volume="9" | 248 | ,volume="9" |
196 | ,number="3" | 249 | ,number="3" |
197 | ,pages="439-455" | 250 | ,pages="439-455" |
251 | ,annotation={ | ||
252 | Describes concurrent AVL tree implementation. Uses a | ||
253 | garbage-collection mechanism to handle concurrent use and deletion | ||
254 | of nodes in the tree, but lacks the summary-of-execution-history | ||
255 | concept of read-copy locking. | ||
256 | . | ||
257 | Keeps full list of processes that were active when a given | ||
258 | node was to be deleted, and waits until all such processes have | ||
259 | -terminated- before allowing this node to be reused. This is | ||
260 | not described in great detail -- one could imagine using process | ||
261 | IDs for this if the ID space was large enough that overlapping | ||
262 | never occurred. | ||
263 | . | ||
264 | This restriction makes this algorithm unsuitable for use in | ||
265 | systems comprised of long-lived processes. It also produces | ||
266 | completely unacceptable overhead in systems with large numbers | ||
267 | of processes. Finally, it is specific to AVL trees. | ||
268 | } | ||
269 | } | ||
270 | |||
271 | @Conference{RichardRashid87a | ||
272 | ,Author="Richard Rashid and Avadis Tevanian and Michael Young and | ||
273 | David Golub and Robert Baron and David Black and William Bolosky and | ||
274 | Jonathan Chew" | ||
275 | ,Title="Machine-Independent Virtual Memory Management for Paged | ||
276 | Uniprocessor and Multiprocessor Architectures" | ||
277 | ,Booktitle="{2\textsuperscript{nd} Symposium on Architectural Support | ||
278 | for Programming Languages and Operating Systems}" | ||
279 | ,Publisher="Association for Computing Machinery" | ||
280 | ,Month="October" | ||
281 | ,Year="1987" | ||
282 | ,pages="31-39" | ||
283 | ,Address="Palo Alto, CA" | ||
284 | ,note="Available: | ||
285 | \url{http://www.cse.ucsc.edu/~randal/221/rashid-machvm.pdf} | ||
286 | [Viewed February 17, 2005]" | ||
287 | ,annotation={ | ||
288 | Describes lazy TLB flush, where one waits for each CPU to pass | ||
289 | through a scheduling-clock interrupt before reusing a given range | ||
290 | of virtual address. Does not describe how one determines that | ||
291 | all CPUs have in fact taken such an interrupt, though there are | ||
292 | no shortage of straightforward methods for accomplishing this. | ||
293 | . | ||
294 | Note that it does not make sense to just wait a fixed amount of | ||
295 | time, since a given CPU might have interrupts disabled for an | ||
296 | extended amount of time. | ||
297 | } | ||
298 | } | ||
299 | |||
300 | @article{BarbaraLiskov1988ArgusCACM | ||
301 | ,author = {Barbara Liskov} | ||
302 | ,title = {Distributed programming in {Argus}} | ||
303 | ,journal = {Commun. ACM} | ||
304 | ,volume = {31} | ||
305 | ,number = {3} | ||
306 | ,year = {1988} | ||
307 | ,issn = {0001-0782} | ||
308 | ,pages = {300--312} | ||
309 | ,doi = {http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/42392.42399} | ||
310 | ,publisher = {ACM} | ||
311 | ,address = {New York, NY, USA} | ||
312 | ,annotation= { | ||
313 | At the top of page 307: "Conflicts with deposits and withdrawals | ||
314 | are necessary if the reported total is to be up to date. They | ||
315 | could be avoided by having total return a sum that is slightly | ||
316 | out of date." Relies on semantics -- approximate numerical | ||
317 | values sometimes OK. | ||
318 | } | ||
198 | } | 319 | } |
199 | 320 | ||
200 | @techreport{Hennessy89 | 321 | @techreport{Hennessy89 |
@@ -216,6 +337,13 @@ Bibtex Entries | |||
216 | ,year="1990" | 337 | ,year="1990" |
217 | ,number="CS-TR-2222.1" | 338 | ,number="CS-TR-2222.1" |
218 | ,month="June" | 339 | ,month="June" |
340 | ,annotation={ | ||
341 | Concurrent access to skip lists. Has both weak and strong search. | ||
342 | Uses concept of ``garbage queue'', but has no real way of cleaning | ||
343 | the garbage efficiently. | ||
344 | . | ||
345 | Appears to be an independent invention of an RCU-like mechanism. | ||
346 | } | ||
219 | } | 347 | } |
220 | 348 | ||
221 | @Book{Adams91 | 349 | @Book{Adams91 |
@@ -223,20 +351,15 @@ Bibtex Entries | |||
223 | ,title="Concurrent Programming, Principles, and Practices" | 351 | ,title="Concurrent Programming, Principles, and Practices" |
224 | ,Publisher="Benjamin Cummins" | 352 | ,Publisher="Benjamin Cummins" |
225 | ,Year="1991" | 353 | ,Year="1991" |
354 | ,annotation={ | ||
355 | Has a few paragraphs describing ``chaotic relaxation'', a | ||
356 | numerical analysis technique that allows multiprocessors to | ||
357 | avoid synchronization overhead by using possibly-stale data. | ||
358 | . | ||
359 | Seems like this is descended from yet another independent | ||
360 | invention of RCU-like function -- but this is restricted | ||
361 | in that reclamation is not necessary. | ||
226 | } | 362 | } |
227 | |||
228 | @phdthesis{HMassalinPhD | ||
229 | ,author="H. Massalin" | ||
230 | ,title="Synthesis: An Efficient Implementation of Fundamental Operating | ||
231 | System Services" | ||
232 | ,school="Columbia University" | ||
233 | ,address="New York, NY" | ||
234 | ,year="1992" | ||
235 | ,annotation=" | ||
236 | Mondo optimizing compiler. | ||
237 | Wait-free stuff. | ||
238 | Good advice: defer work to avoid synchronization. | ||
239 | " | ||
240 | } | 363 | } |
241 | 364 | ||
242 | @unpublished{Jacobson93 | 365 | @unpublished{Jacobson93 |
@@ -244,7 +367,13 @@ System Services" | |||
244 | ,title="Avoid Read-Side Locking Via Delayed Free" | 367 | ,title="Avoid Read-Side Locking Via Delayed Free" |
245 | ,year="1993" | 368 | ,year="1993" |
246 | ,month="September" | 369 | ,month="September" |
247 | ,note="Verbal discussion" | 370 | ,note="private communication" |
371 | ,annotation={ | ||
372 | Use fixed time delay to approximate grace period. Very simple, | ||
373 | but subject to random memory corruption under heavy load. | ||
374 | . | ||
375 | Independent invention of RCU-like mechanism. | ||
376 | } | ||
248 | } | 377 | } |
249 | 378 | ||
250 | @Conference{AjuJohn95 | 379 | @Conference{AjuJohn95 |
@@ -256,6 +385,17 @@ System Services" | |||
256 | ,Year="1995" | 385 | ,Year="1995" |
257 | ,pages="11-23" | 386 | ,pages="11-23" |
258 | ,Address="New Orleans, LA" | 387 | ,Address="New Orleans, LA" |
388 | ,note="Available: | ||
389 | \url{https://www.usenix.org/publications/library/proceedings/neworl/full_papers/john.a} | ||
390 | [Viewed October 1, 2010]" | ||
391 | ,annotation={ | ||
392 | Age vnodes out of the cache, and have a fixed time set by a kernel | ||
393 | parameter. Not clear that all races were in fact correctly handled. | ||
394 | Used a 20-minute time by default, which would most definitely not | ||
395 | be suitable during DoS attacks or virus scans. | ||
396 | . | ||
397 | Apparently independent invention of RCU-like mechanism. | ||
398 | } | ||
259 | } | 399 | } |
260 | 400 | ||
261 | @conference{Pu95a, | 401 | @conference{Pu95a, |
@@ -301,31 +441,47 @@ Utilizing Execution History and Thread Monitoring" | |||
301 | ,institution="US Patent and Trademark Office" | 441 | ,institution="US Patent and Trademark Office" |
302 | ,address="Washington, DC" | 442 | ,address="Washington, DC" |
303 | ,year="1995" | 443 | ,year="1995" |
304 | ,number="US Patent 5,442,758 (contributed under GPL)" | 444 | ,number="US Patent 5,442,758" |
305 | ,month="August" | 445 | ,month="August" |
446 | ,annotation={ | ||
447 | Describes the parallel RCU infrastructure. Includes NUMA aspect | ||
448 | (structure of bitmap can reflect bus structure of computer system). | ||
449 | . | ||
450 | Another independent invention of an RCU-like mechanism, but the | ||
451 | "real" RCU this time! | ||
452 | } | ||
306 | } | 453 | } |
307 | 454 | ||
308 | @techreport{Slingwine97 | 455 | @techreport{Slingwine97 |
309 | ,author="John D. Slingwine and Paul E. McKenney" | 456 | ,author="John D. Slingwine and Paul E. McKenney" |
310 | ,title="Method for maintaining data coherency using thread | 457 | ,title="Method for Maintaining Data Coherency Using Thread Activity |
311 | activity summaries in a multicomputer system" | 458 | Summaries in a Multicomputer System" |
312 | ,institution="US Patent and Trademark Office" | 459 | ,institution="US Patent and Trademark Office" |
313 | ,address="Washington, DC" | 460 | ,address="Washington, DC" |
314 | ,year="1997" | 461 | ,year="1997" |
315 | ,number="US Patent 5,608,893 (contributed under GPL)" | 462 | ,number="US Patent 5,608,893" |
316 | ,month="March" | 463 | ,month="March" |
464 | ,pages="19" | ||
465 | ,annotation={ | ||
466 | Describes use of RCU to synchronize data between a pair of | ||
467 | SMP/NUMA computer systems. | ||
468 | } | ||
317 | } | 469 | } |
318 | 470 | ||
319 | @techreport{Slingwine98 | 471 | @techreport{Slingwine98 |
320 | ,author="John D. Slingwine and Paul E. McKenney" | 472 | ,author="John D. Slingwine and Paul E. McKenney" |
321 | ,title="Apparatus and method for achieving reduced overhead | 473 | ,title="Apparatus and Method for Achieving Reduced Overhead Mutual |
322 | mutual exclusion and maintaining coherency in a multiprocessor | 474 | Exclusion and Maintaining Coherency in a Multiprocessor System |
323 | system utilizing execution history and thread monitoring" | 475 | Utilizing Execution History and Thread Monitoring" |
324 | ,institution="US Patent and Trademark Office" | 476 | ,institution="US Patent and Trademark Office" |
325 | ,address="Washington, DC" | 477 | ,address="Washington, DC" |
326 | ,year="1998" | 478 | ,year="1998" |
327 | ,number="US Patent 5,727,209 (contributed under GPL)" | 479 | ,number="US Patent 5,727,209" |
328 | ,month="March" | 480 | ,month="March" |
481 | ,annotation={ | ||
482 | Describes doing an atomic update by copying the data item and | ||
483 | then substituting it into the data structure. | ||
484 | } | ||
329 | } | 485 | } |
330 | 486 | ||
331 | @Conference{McKenney98 | 487 | @Conference{McKenney98 |
@@ -337,6 +493,15 @@ Problems" | |||
337 | ,Year="1998" | 493 | ,Year="1998" |
338 | ,pages="509-518" | 494 | ,pages="509-518" |
339 | ,Address="Las Vegas, NV" | 495 | ,Address="Las Vegas, NV" |
496 | ,note="Available: | ||
497 | \url{http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU/rclockpdcsproof.pdf} | ||
498 | [Viewed December 3, 2007]" | ||
499 | ,annotation={ | ||
500 | Describes and analyzes RCU mechanism in DYNIX/ptx. Describes | ||
501 | application to linked list update and log-buffer flushing. | ||
502 | Defines 'quiescent state'. Includes both measured and analytic | ||
503 | evaluation. | ||
504 | } | ||
340 | } | 505 | } |
341 | 506 | ||
342 | @Conference{Gamsa99 | 507 | @Conference{Gamsa99 |
@@ -349,18 +514,76 @@ Operating System Design and Implementation}" | |||
349 | ,Year="1999" | 514 | ,Year="1999" |
350 | ,pages="87-100" | 515 | ,pages="87-100" |
351 | ,Address="New Orleans, LA" | 516 | ,Address="New Orleans, LA" |
517 | ,note="Available: | ||
518 | \url{http://www.usenix.org/events/osdi99/full_papers/gamsa/gamsa.pdf} | ||
519 | [Viewed August 30, 2006]" | ||
520 | ,annotation={ | ||
521 | Use of RCU-like facility in K42/Tornado. Another independent | ||
522 | invention of RCU. | ||
523 | See especially pages 7-9 (Section 5). | ||
524 | } | ||
525 | } | ||
526 | |||
527 | @unpublished{RustyRussell2000a | ||
528 | ,Author="Rusty Russell" | ||
529 | ,Title="Re: modular net drivers" | ||
530 | ,month="June" | ||
531 | ,year="2000" | ||
532 | ,day="23" | ||
533 | ,note="Available: | ||
534 | \url{http://oss.sgi.com/projects/netdev/archive/2000-06/msg00250.html} | ||
535 | [Viewed April 10, 2006]" | ||
536 | ,annotation={ | ||
537 | Proto-RCU proposal from Phil Rumpf and Rusty Russell. | ||
538 | Yet another independent invention of RCU. | ||
539 | Outline of algorithm to unload modules... | ||
540 | . | ||
541 | Appeared on net-dev mailing list. | ||
542 | } | ||
543 | } | ||
544 | |||
545 | @unpublished{RustyRussell2000b | ||
546 | ,Author="Rusty Russell" | ||
547 | ,Title="Re: modular net drivers" | ||
548 | ,month="June" | ||
549 | ,year="2000" | ||
550 | ,day="24" | ||
551 | ,note="Available: | ||
552 | \url{http://oss.sgi.com/projects/netdev/archive/2000-06/msg00254.html} | ||
553 | [Viewed April 10, 2006]" | ||
554 | ,annotation={ | ||
555 | Proto-RCU proposal from Phil Rumpf and Rusty Russell. | ||
556 | . | ||
557 | Appeared on net-dev mailing list. | ||
558 | } | ||
559 | } | ||
560 | |||
561 | @unpublished{McKenney01b | ||
562 | ,Author="Paul E. McKenney and Dipankar Sarma" | ||
563 | ,Title="Read-Copy Update Mutual Exclusion in {Linux}" | ||
564 | ,month="February" | ||
565 | ,year="2001" | ||
566 | ,note="Available: | ||
567 | \url{http://lse.sourceforge.net/locking/rcu/rcupdate_doc.html} | ||
568 | [Viewed October 18, 2004]" | ||
569 | ,annotation={ | ||
570 | Prototypical Linux documentation for RCU. | ||
571 | } | ||
352 | } | 572 | } |
353 | 573 | ||
354 | @techreport{Slingwine01 | 574 | @techreport{Slingwine01 |
355 | ,author="John D. Slingwine and Paul E. McKenney" | 575 | ,author="John D. Slingwine and Paul E. McKenney" |
356 | ,title="Apparatus and method for achieving reduced overhead | 576 | ,title="Apparatus and Method for Achieving Reduced Overhead Mutual |
357 | mutual exclusion and maintaining coherency in a multiprocessor | 577 | Exclusion and Maintaining Coherency in a Multiprocessor System |
358 | system utilizing execution history and thread monitoring" | 578 | Utilizing Execution History and Thread Monitoring" |
359 | ,institution="US Patent and Trademark Office" | 579 | ,institution="US Patent and Trademark Office" |
360 | ,address="Washington, DC" | 580 | ,address="Washington, DC" |
361 | ,year="2001" | 581 | ,year="2001" |
362 | ,number="US Patent 5,219,690 (contributed under GPL)" | 582 | ,number="US Patent 6,219,690" |
363 | ,month="April" | 583 | ,month="April" |
584 | ,annotation={ | ||
585 | 'Change in mode' aspect of RCU. Can be thought of as a lazy barrier. | ||
586 | } | ||
364 | } | 587 | } |
365 | 588 | ||
366 | @Conference{McKenney01a | 589 | @Conference{McKenney01a |
@@ -372,14 +595,61 @@ Orran Krieger and Rusty Russell and Dipankar Sarma and Maneesh Soni" | |||
372 | ,Year="2001" | 595 | ,Year="2001" |
373 | ,note="Available: | 596 | ,note="Available: |
374 | \url{http://www.linuxsymposium.org/2001/abstracts/readcopy.php} | 597 | \url{http://www.linuxsymposium.org/2001/abstracts/readcopy.php} |
375 | \url{http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/rclock/rclock_OLS.2001.05.01c.pdf} | 598 | \url{http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU/rclock_OLS.2001.05.01c.pdf} |
376 | [Viewed June 23, 2004]" | 599 | [Viewed June 23, 2004]" |
377 | annotation=" | 600 | ,annotation={ |
378 | Described RCU, and presented some patches implementing and using it in | 601 | Described RCU, and presented some patches implementing and using |
379 | the Linux kernel. | 602 | it in the Linux kernel. |
603 | } | ||
604 | } | ||
605 | |||
606 | @unpublished{McKenney01f | ||
607 | ,Author="Paul E. McKenney" | ||
608 | ,Title="{RFC:} patch to allow lock-free traversal of lists with insertion" | ||
609 | ,month="October" | ||
610 | ,year="2001" | ||
611 | ,note="Available: | ||
612 | \url{http://marc.theaimsgroup.com/?l=linux-kernel&m=100259266316456&w=2} | ||
613 | [Viewed June 23, 2004]" | ||
614 | ,annotation=" | ||
615 | Memory-barrier and Alpha thread. 100 messages, not too bad... | ||
616 | " | ||
617 | } | ||
618 | |||
619 | @unpublished{Spraul01 | ||
620 | ,Author="Manfred Spraul" | ||
621 | ,Title="Re: {RFC:} patch to allow lock-free traversal of lists with insertion" | ||
622 | ,month="October" | ||
623 | ,year="2001" | ||
624 | ,note="Available: | ||
625 | \url{http://marc.theaimsgroup.com/?l=linux-kernel&m=100264675012867&w=2} | ||
626 | [Viewed June 23, 2004]" | ||
627 | ,annotation=" | ||
628 | Suggested burying memory barriers in Linux's list-manipulation | ||
629 | primitives. | ||
380 | " | 630 | " |
381 | } | 631 | } |
382 | 632 | ||
633 | @unpublished{LinusTorvalds2001a | ||
634 | ,Author="Linus Torvalds" | ||
635 | ,Title="{Re:} {[Lse-tech]} {Re:} {RFC:} patch to allow lock-free traversal of lists with insertion" | ||
636 | ,month="October" | ||
637 | ,year="2001" | ||
638 | ,note="Available: | ||
639 | \url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2001/10/13/105} | ||
640 | [Viewed August 21, 2004]" | ||
641 | } | ||
642 | |||
643 | @unpublished{Blanchard02a | ||
644 | ,Author="Anton Blanchard" | ||
645 | ,Title="some RCU dcache and ratcache results" | ||
646 | ,month="March" | ||
647 | ,year="2002" | ||
648 | ,note="Available: | ||
649 | \url{http://marc.theaimsgroup.com/?l=linux-kernel&m=101637107412972&w=2} | ||
650 | [Viewed October 18, 2004]" | ||
651 | } | ||
652 | |||
383 | @Conference{Linder02a | 653 | @Conference{Linder02a |
384 | ,Author="Hanna Linder and Dipankar Sarma and Maneesh Soni" | 654 | ,Author="Hanna Linder and Dipankar Sarma and Maneesh Soni" |
385 | ,Title="Scalability of the Directory Entry Cache" | 655 | ,Title="Scalability of the Directory Entry Cache" |
@@ -387,6 +657,10 @@ the Linux kernel. | |||
387 | ,Month="June" | 657 | ,Month="June" |
388 | ,Year="2002" | 658 | ,Year="2002" |
389 | ,pages="289-300" | 659 | ,pages="289-300" |
660 | ,annotation=" | ||
661 | Measured scalability of Linux 2.4 kernel's directory-entry cache | ||
662 | (dcache), and measured some scalability enhancements. | ||
663 | " | ||
390 | } | 664 | } |
391 | 665 | ||
392 | @Conference{McKenney02a | 666 | @Conference{McKenney02a |
@@ -400,49 +674,76 @@ Andrea Arcangeli and Andi Kleen and Orran Krieger and Rusty Russell" | |||
400 | ,note="Available: | 674 | ,note="Available: |
401 | \url{http://www.linux.org.uk/~ajh/ols2002_proceedings.pdf.gz} | 675 | \url{http://www.linux.org.uk/~ajh/ols2002_proceedings.pdf.gz} |
402 | [Viewed June 23, 2004]" | 676 | [Viewed June 23, 2004]" |
677 | ,annotation=" | ||
678 | Presented and compared a number of RCU implementations for the | ||
679 | Linux kernel. | ||
680 | " | ||
403 | } | 681 | } |
404 | 682 | ||
405 | @conference{Michael02a | 683 | @unpublished{Sarma02a |
406 | ,author="Maged M. Michael" | 684 | ,Author="Dipankar Sarma" |
407 | ,title="Safe Memory Reclamation for Dynamic Lock-Free Objects Using Atomic | 685 | ,Title="specweb99: dcache scalability results" |
408 | Reads and Writes" | 686 | ,month="July" |
409 | ,Year="2002" | 687 | ,year="2002" |
410 | ,Month="August" | 688 | ,note="Available: |
411 | ,booktitle="{Proceedings of the 21\textsuperscript{st} Annual ACM | 689 | \url{http://marc.theaimsgroup.com/?l=linux-kernel&m=102645767914212&w=2} |
412 | Symposium on Principles of Distributed Computing}" | 690 | [Viewed June 23, 2004]" |
413 | ,pages="21-30" | ||
414 | ,annotation=" | 691 | ,annotation=" |
415 | Each thread keeps an array of pointers to items that it is | 692 | Compare fastwalk and RCU for dcache. RCU won. |
416 | currently referencing. Sort of an inside-out garbage collection | ||
417 | mechanism, but one that requires the accessing code to explicitly | ||
418 | state its needs. Also requires read-side memory barriers on | ||
419 | most architectures. | ||
420 | " | 693 | " |
421 | } | 694 | } |
422 | 695 | ||
423 | @conference{Michael02b | 696 | @unpublished{Barbieri02 |
424 | ,author="Maged M. Michael" | 697 | ,Author="Luca Barbieri" |
425 | ,title="High Performance Dynamic Lock-Free Hash Tables and List-Based Sets" | 698 | ,Title="Re: {[PATCH]} Initial support for struct {vfs\_cred}" |
426 | ,Year="2002" | 699 | ,month="August" |
427 | ,Month="August" | 700 | ,year="2002" |
428 | ,booktitle="{Proceedings of the 14\textsuperscript{th} Annual ACM | 701 | ,note="Available: |
429 | Symposium on Parallel | 702 | \url{http://marc.theaimsgroup.com/?l=linux-kernel&m=103082050621241&w=2} |
430 | Algorithms and Architecture}" | 703 | [Viewed: June 23, 2004]" |
431 | ,pages="73-82" | ||
432 | ,annotation=" | 704 | ,annotation=" |
433 | Like the title says... | 705 | Suggested RCU for vfs\_shared\_cred. |
434 | " | 706 | " |
435 | } | 707 | } |
436 | 708 | ||
437 | @InProceedings{HerlihyLM02 | 709 | @unpublished{Dickins02a |
438 | ,author={Maurice Herlihy and Victor Luchangco and Mark Moir} | 710 | ,author="Hugh Dickins" |
439 | ,title="The Repeat Offender Problem: A Mechanism for Supporting Dynamic-Sized, | 711 | ,title="Use RCU for System-V IPC" |
440 | Lock-Free Data Structures" | 712 | ,year="2002" |
441 | ,booktitle={Proceedings of 16\textsuperscript{th} International | 713 | ,month="October" |
442 | Symposium on Distributed Computing} | 714 | ,note="private communication" |
443 | ,year=2002 | 715 | } |
716 | |||
717 | @unpublished{Sarma02b | ||
718 | ,Author="Dipankar Sarma" | ||
719 | ,Title="Some dcache\_rcu benchmark numbers" | ||
444 | ,month="October" | 720 | ,month="October" |
445 | ,pages="339-353" | 721 | ,year="2002" |
722 | ,note="Available: | ||
723 | \url{http://marc.theaimsgroup.com/?l=linux-kernel&m=103462075416638&w=2} | ||
724 | [Viewed June 23, 2004]" | ||
725 | ,annotation=" | ||
726 | Performance of dcache RCU on kernbench for 16x NUMA-Q and 1x, | ||
727 | 2x, and 4x systems. RCU does no harm, and helps on 16x. | ||
728 | " | ||
729 | } | ||
730 | |||
731 | @unpublished{LinusTorvalds2003a | ||
732 | ,Author="Linus Torvalds" | ||
733 | ,Title="Re: {[PATCH]} small fixes in brlock.h" | ||
734 | ,month="March" | ||
735 | ,year="2003" | ||
736 | ,note="Available: | ||
737 | \url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2003/3/9/205} | ||
738 | [Viewed March 13, 2006]" | ||
739 | ,annotation=" | ||
740 | Linus suggests replacing brlock with RCU and/or seqlocks: | ||
741 | . | ||
742 | 'It's entirely possible that the current user could be replaced | ||
743 | by RCU and/or seqlocks, and we could get rid of brlocks entirely.' | ||
744 | . | ||
745 | Steve Hemminger responds by replacing them with RCU. | ||
746 | " | ||
446 | } | 747 | } |
447 | 748 | ||
448 | @article{Appavoo03a | 749 | @article{Appavoo03a |
@@ -457,6 +758,20 @@ B. Rosenburg and M. Stumm and J. Xenidis" | |||
457 | ,volume="42" | 758 | ,volume="42" |
458 | ,number="1" | 759 | ,number="1" |
459 | ,pages="60-76" | 760 | ,pages="60-76" |
761 | ,annotation=" | ||
762 | Use of RCU to enable hot-swapping for autonomic behavior in K42. | ||
763 | " | ||
764 | } | ||
765 | |||
766 | @unpublished{Seigh03 | ||
767 | ,author="Joseph W. {Seigh II}" | ||
768 | ,title="Read Copy Update" | ||
769 | ,Year="2003" | ||
770 | ,Month="March" | ||
771 | ,note="email correspondence" | ||
772 | ,annotation=" | ||
773 | Described the relationship of the VM/XA passive serialization to RCU. | ||
774 | " | ||
460 | } | 775 | } |
461 | 776 | ||
462 | @Conference{Arcangeli03 | 777 | @Conference{Arcangeli03 |
@@ -470,6 +785,27 @@ Dipankar Sarma" | |||
470 | ,year="2003" | 785 | ,year="2003" |
471 | ,month="June" | 786 | ,month="June" |
472 | ,pages="297-310" | 787 | ,pages="297-310" |
788 | ,note="Available: | ||
789 | \url{http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU/rcu.FREENIX.2003.06.14.pdf} | ||
790 | [Viewed November 21, 2007]" | ||
791 | ,annotation=" | ||
792 | Compared updated RCU implementations for the Linux kernel, and | ||
793 | described System V IPC use of RCU, including order-of-magnitude | ||
794 | performance improvements. | ||
795 | " | ||
796 | } | ||
797 | |||
798 | @Conference{Soules03a | ||
799 | ,Author="Craig A. N. Soules and Jonathan Appavoo and Kevin Hui and | ||
800 | Dilma {Da Silva} and Gregory R. Ganger and Orran Krieger and | ||
801 | Michael Stumm and Robert W. Wisniewski and Marc Auslander and | ||
802 | Michal Ostrowski and Bryan Rosenburg and Jimi Xenidis" | ||
803 | ,Title="System Support for Online Reconfiguration" | ||
804 | ,Booktitle="Proceedings of the 2003 USENIX Annual Technical Conference" | ||
805 | ,Publisher="USENIX Association" | ||
806 | ,year="2003" | ||
807 | ,month="June" | ||
808 | ,pages="141-154" | ||
473 | } | 809 | } |
474 | 810 | ||
475 | @article{McKenney03a | 811 | @article{McKenney03a |
@@ -481,6 +817,22 @@ Dipankar Sarma" | |||
481 | ,volume="1" | 817 | ,volume="1" |
482 | ,number="114" | 818 | ,number="114" |
483 | ,pages="18-26" | 819 | ,pages="18-26" |
820 | ,note="Available: | ||
821 | \url{http://www.linuxjournal.com/article/6993} | ||
822 | [Viewed November 14, 2007]" | ||
823 | ,annotation=" | ||
824 | Reader-friendly intro to RCU, with the infamous old-man-and-brat | ||
825 | cartoon. | ||
826 | " | ||
827 | } | ||
828 | |||
829 | @unpublished{Sarma03a | ||
830 | ,Author="Dipankar Sarma" | ||
831 | ,Title="RCU low latency patches" | ||
832 | ,month="December" | ||
833 | ,year="2003" | ||
834 | ,note="Message ID: 20031222180114.GA2248@in.ibm.com" | ||
835 | ,annotation="dipankar/ct.2004.03.27/RCUll.2003.12.22.patch" | ||
484 | } | 836 | } |
485 | 837 | ||
486 | @techreport{Friedberg03a | 838 | @techreport{Friedberg03a |
@@ -489,9 +841,14 @@ Dipankar Sarma" | |||
489 | ,institution="US Patent and Trademark Office" | 841 | ,institution="US Patent and Trademark Office" |
490 | ,address="Washington, DC" | 842 | ,address="Washington, DC" |
491 | ,year="2003" | 843 | ,year="2003" |
492 | ,number="US Patent 6,662,184 (contributed under GPL)" | 844 | ,number="US Patent 6,662,184" |
493 | ,month="December" | 845 | ,month="December" |
494 | ,pages="112" | 846 | ,pages="112" |
847 | ,annotation=" | ||
848 | Applies RCU to a wildcard-search Patricia tree in order to permit | ||
849 | synchronization-free lookup. RCU is used to retain removed nodes | ||
850 | for a grace period before freeing them. | ||
851 | " | ||
495 | } | 852 | } |
496 | 853 | ||
497 | @article{McKenney04a | 854 | @article{McKenney04a |
@@ -503,6 +860,12 @@ Dipankar Sarma" | |||
503 | ,volume="1" | 860 | ,volume="1" |
504 | ,number="118" | 861 | ,number="118" |
505 | ,pages="38-46" | 862 | ,pages="38-46" |
863 | ,note="Available: | ||
864 | \url{http://www.linuxjournal.com/node/7124} | ||
865 | [Viewed December 26, 2010]" | ||
866 | ,annotation=" | ||
867 | Reader friendly intro to dcache and RCU. | ||
868 | " | ||
506 | } | 869 | } |
507 | 870 | ||
508 | @Conference{McKenney04b | 871 | @Conference{McKenney04b |
@@ -514,8 +877,83 @@ Dipankar Sarma" | |||
514 | ,Address="Adelaide, Australia" | 877 | ,Address="Adelaide, Australia" |
515 | ,note="Available: | 878 | ,note="Available: |
516 | \url{http://www.linux.org.au/conf/2004/abstracts.html#90} | 879 | \url{http://www.linux.org.au/conf/2004/abstracts.html#90} |
517 | \url{http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/rclock/lockperf.2004.01.17a.pdf} | 880 | \url{http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU/lockperf.2004.01.17a.pdf} |
518 | [Viewed June 23, 2004]" | 881 | [Viewed June 23, 2004]" |
882 | ,annotation=" | ||
883 | Compares performance of RCU to that of other locking primitives | ||
884 | over a number of CPUs (x86, Opteron, Itanium, and PPC). | ||
885 | " | ||
886 | } | ||
887 | |||
888 | @unpublished{Sarma04a | ||
889 | ,Author="Dipankar Sarma" | ||
890 | ,Title="{[PATCH]} {RCU} for low latency (experimental)" | ||
891 | ,month="March" | ||
892 | ,year="2004" | ||
893 | ,note="\url{http://marc.theaimsgroup.com/?l=linux-kernel&m=108003746402892&w=2}" | ||
894 | ,annotation="Head of thread: dipankar/2004.03.23/rcu-low-lat.1.patch" | ||
895 | } | ||
896 | |||
897 | @unpublished{Sarma04b | ||
898 | ,Author="Dipankar Sarma" | ||
899 | ,Title="Re: {[PATCH]} {RCU} for low latency (experimental)" | ||
900 | ,month="March" | ||
901 | ,year="2004" | ||
902 | ,note="\url{http://marc.theaimsgroup.com/?l=linux-kernel&m=108016474829546&w=2}" | ||
903 | ,annotation="dipankar/rcuth.2004.03.24/rcu-throttle.patch" | ||
904 | } | ||
905 | |||
906 | @unpublished{Spraul04a | ||
907 | ,Author="Manfred Spraul" | ||
908 | ,Title="[RFC] 0/5 rcu lock update" | ||
909 | ,month="May" | ||
910 | ,year="2004" | ||
911 | ,note="Available: | ||
912 | \url{http://marc.theaimsgroup.com/?l=linux-kernel&m=108546407726602&w=2} | ||
913 | [Viewed June 23, 2004]" | ||
914 | ,annotation=" | ||
915 | Hierarchical-bitmap patch for RCU infrastructure. | ||
916 | " | ||
917 | } | ||
918 | |||
919 | @unpublished{Steiner04a | ||
920 | ,Author="Jack Steiner" | ||
921 | ,Title="Re: [Lse-tech] [RFC, PATCH] 1/5 rcu lock update: | ||
922 | Add per-cpu batch counter" | ||
923 | ,month="May" | ||
924 | ,year="2004" | ||
925 | ,note="Available: | ||
926 | \url{http://marc.theaimsgroup.com/?l=linux-kernel&m=108551764515332&w=2} | ||
927 | [Viewed June 23, 2004]" | ||
928 | ,annotation={ | ||
929 | RCU runs reasonably on a 512-CPU SGI using Manfred Spraul's patches, | ||
930 | which may be found at: | ||
931 | https://lkml.org/lkml/2004/5/20/49 (split vars into cachelines) | ||
932 | https://lkml.org/lkml/2004/5/22/114 (cpu_quiet() patch) | ||
933 | https://lkml.org/lkml/2004/5/25/24 (0/5) | ||
934 | https://lkml.org/lkml/2004/5/25/23 (1/5) | ||
935 | https://lkml.org/lkml/2004/5/25/265 (works for Jack) | ||
936 | https://lkml.org/lkml/2004/5/25/20 (2/5) | ||
937 | https://lkml.org/lkml/2004/5/25/22 (3/5) | ||
938 | https://lkml.org/lkml/2004/5/25/19 (4/5) | ||
939 | https://lkml.org/lkml/2004/5/25/21 (5/5) | ||
940 | } | ||
941 | } | ||
942 | |||
943 | @Conference{Sarma04c | ||
944 | ,Author="Dipankar Sarma and Paul E. McKenney" | ||
945 | ,Title="Making {RCU} Safe for Deep Sub-Millisecond Response | ||
946 | Realtime Applications" | ||
947 | ,Booktitle="Proceedings of the 2004 USENIX Annual Technical Conference | ||
948 | (FREENIX Track)" | ||
949 | ,Publisher="USENIX Association" | ||
950 | ,year="2004" | ||
951 | ,month="June" | ||
952 | ,pages="182-191" | ||
953 | ,annotation=" | ||
954 | Describes and compares a number of modifications to the Linux RCU | ||
955 | implementation that make it friendly to realtime applications. | ||
956 | " | ||
519 | } | 957 | } |
520 | 958 | ||
521 | @phdthesis{PaulEdwardMcKenneyPhD | 959 | @phdthesis{PaulEdwardMcKenneyPhD |
@@ -529,17 +967,118 @@ Oregon Health and Sciences University" | |||
529 | ,note="Available: | 967 | ,note="Available: |
530 | \url{http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU/RCUdissertation.2004.07.14e1.pdf} | 968 | \url{http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU/RCUdissertation.2004.07.14e1.pdf} |
531 | [Viewed October 15, 2004]" | 969 | [Viewed October 15, 2004]" |
970 | ,annotation=" | ||
971 | Describes RCU implementations and presents design patterns | ||
972 | corresponding to common uses of RCU in several operating-system | ||
973 | kernels. | ||
974 | " | ||
532 | } | 975 | } |
533 | 976 | ||
534 | @Conference{Sarma04c | 977 | @unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2004rcu:dereference |
535 | ,Author="Dipankar Sarma and Paul E. McKenney" | 978 | ,Author="Dipankar Sarma" |
536 | ,Title="Making RCU Safe for Deep Sub-Millisecond Response Realtime Applications" | 979 | ,Title="{Re: RCU : Abstracted RCU dereferencing [5/5]}" |
537 | ,Booktitle="Proceedings of the 2004 USENIX Annual Technical Conference | 980 | ,month="August" |
538 | (FREENIX Track)" | ||
539 | ,Publisher="USENIX Association" | ||
540 | ,year="2004" | 981 | ,year="2004" |
541 | ,month="June" | 982 | ,note="Available: |
542 | ,pages="182-191" | 983 | \url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2004/8/6/237} |
984 | [Viewed June 8, 2010]" | ||
985 | ,annotation=" | ||
986 | Introduce rcu_dereference(). | ||
987 | " | ||
988 | } | ||
989 | |||
990 | @unpublished{JimHouston04a | ||
991 | ,Author="Jim Houston" | ||
992 | ,Title="{[RFC\&PATCH] Alternative {RCU} implementation}" | ||
993 | ,month="August" | ||
994 | ,year="2004" | ||
995 | ,note="Available: | ||
996 | \url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2004/8/30/87} | ||
997 | [Viewed February 17, 2005]" | ||
998 | ,annotation=" | ||
999 | Uses active code in rcu_read_lock() and rcu_read_unlock() to | ||
1000 | make RCU happen, allowing RCU to function on CPUs that do not | ||
1001 | receive a scheduling-clock interrupt. | ||
1002 | " | ||
1003 | } | ||
1004 | |||
1005 | @unpublished{TomHart04a | ||
1006 | ,Author="Thomas E. Hart" | ||
1007 | ,Title="Master's Thesis: Applying Lock-free Techniques to the {Linux} Kernel" | ||
1008 | ,month="October" | ||
1009 | ,year="2004" | ||
1010 | ,note="Available: | ||
1011 | \url{http://www.cs.toronto.edu/~tomhart/masters_thesis.html} | ||
1012 | [Viewed October 15, 2004]" | ||
1013 | ,annotation=" | ||
1014 | Proposes comparing RCU to lock-free methods for the Linux kernel. | ||
1015 | " | ||
1016 | } | ||
1017 | |||
1018 | @unpublished{Vaddagiri04a | ||
1019 | ,Author="Srivatsa Vaddagiri" | ||
1020 | ,Title="Subject: [RFC] Use RCU for tcp\_ehash lookup" | ||
1021 | ,month="October" | ||
1022 | ,year="2004" | ||
1023 | ,note="Available: | ||
1024 | \url{http://marc.theaimsgroup.com/?t=109395731700004&r=1&w=2} | ||
1025 | [Viewed October 18, 2004]" | ||
1026 | ,annotation=" | ||
1027 | Srivatsa's RCU patch for tcp_ehash lookup. | ||
1028 | " | ||
1029 | } | ||
1030 | |||
1031 | @unpublished{Thirumalai04a | ||
1032 | ,Author="Ravikiran Thirumalai" | ||
1033 | ,Title="Subject: [patchset] Lockfree fd lookup 0 of 5" | ||
1034 | ,month="October" | ||
1035 | ,year="2004" | ||
1036 | ,note="Available: | ||
1037 | \url{http://marc.theaimsgroup.com/?t=109144217400003&r=1&w=2} | ||
1038 | [Viewed October 18, 2004]" | ||
1039 | ,annotation=" | ||
1040 | Ravikiran's lockfree FD patch. | ||
1041 | " | ||
1042 | } | ||
1043 | |||
1044 | @unpublished{Thirumalai04b | ||
1045 | ,Author="Ravikiran Thirumalai" | ||
1046 | ,Title="Subject: Re: [patchset] Lockfree fd lookup 0 of 5" | ||
1047 | ,month="October" | ||
1048 | ,year="2004" | ||
1049 | ,note="Available: | ||
1050 | \url{http://marc.theaimsgroup.com/?l=linux-kernel&m=109152521410459&w=2} | ||
1051 | [Viewed October 18, 2004]" | ||
1052 | ,annotation=" | ||
1053 | Ravikiran's lockfree FD patch. | ||
1054 | " | ||
1055 | } | ||
1056 | |||
1057 | @unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2004rcu:assign:pointer | ||
1058 | ,Author="Paul E. McKenney" | ||
1059 | ,Title="{[PATCH 1/3] RCU: \url{rcu_assign_pointer()} removal of memory barriers}" | ||
1060 | ,month="October" | ||
1061 | ,year="2004" | ||
1062 | ,note="Available: | ||
1063 | \url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2004/10/23/241} | ||
1064 | [Viewed June 8, 2010]" | ||
1065 | ,annotation=" | ||
1066 | Introduce rcu_assign_pointer(). | ||
1067 | " | ||
1068 | } | ||
1069 | |||
1070 | @unpublished{JamesMorris04a | ||
1071 | ,Author="James Morris" | ||
1072 | ,Title="{[PATCH 2/3] SELinux} scalability - convert {AVC} to {RCU}" | ||
1073 | ,day="15" | ||
1074 | ,month="November" | ||
1075 | ,year="2004" | ||
1076 | ,note="Available: | ||
1077 | \url{http://marc.theaimsgroup.com/?l=linux-kernel&m=110054979416004&w=2} | ||
1078 | [Viewed December 10, 2004]" | ||
1079 | ,annotation=" | ||
1080 | James Morris posts Kaigai Kohei's patch to LKML. | ||
1081 | " | ||
543 | } | 1082 | } |
544 | 1083 | ||
545 | @unpublished{JamesMorris04b | 1084 | @unpublished{JamesMorris04b |
@@ -550,6 +1089,85 @@ Oregon Health and Sciences University" | |||
550 | ,note="Available: | 1089 | ,note="Available: |
551 | \url{http://www.livejournal.com/users/james_morris/2153.html} | 1090 | \url{http://www.livejournal.com/users/james_morris/2153.html} |
552 | [Viewed December 10, 2004]" | 1091 | [Viewed December 10, 2004]" |
1092 | ,annotation=" | ||
1093 | RCU helps SELinux performance. ;-) Made LWN. | ||
1094 | " | ||
1095 | } | ||
1096 | |||
1097 | @unpublished{PaulMcKenney2005RCUSemantics | ||
1098 | ,Author="Paul E. McKenney and Jonathan Walpole" | ||
1099 | ,Title="{RCU} Semantics: A First Attempt" | ||
1100 | ,month="January" | ||
1101 | ,year="2005" | ||
1102 | ,day="30" | ||
1103 | ,note="Available: | ||
1104 | \url{http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU/rcu-semantics.2005.01.30a.pdf} | ||
1105 | [Viewed December 6, 2009]" | ||
1106 | ,annotation=" | ||
1107 | Early derivation of RCU semantics. | ||
1108 | " | ||
1109 | } | ||
1110 | |||
1111 | @unpublished{PaulMcKenney2005e | ||
1112 | ,Author="Paul E. McKenney" | ||
1113 | ,Title="Real-Time Preemption and {RCU}" | ||
1114 | ,month="March" | ||
1115 | ,year="2005" | ||
1116 | ,day="17" | ||
1117 | ,note="Available: | ||
1118 | \url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2005/3/17/199} | ||
1119 | [Viewed September 5, 2005]" | ||
1120 | ,annotation=" | ||
1121 | First posting showing how RCU can be safely adapted for | ||
1122 | preemptable RCU read side critical sections. | ||
1123 | " | ||
1124 | } | ||
1125 | |||
1126 | @unpublished{EsbenNeilsen2005a | ||
1127 | ,Author="Esben Neilsen" | ||
1128 | ,Title="Re: Real-Time Preemption and {RCU}" | ||
1129 | ,month="March" | ||
1130 | ,year="2005" | ||
1131 | ,day="18" | ||
1132 | ,note="Available: | ||
1133 | \url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2005/3/18/122} | ||
1134 | [Viewed March 30, 2006]" | ||
1135 | ,annotation=" | ||
1136 | Esben Neilsen suggests read-side suppression of grace-period | ||
1137 | processing for crude-but-workable realtime RCU. The downside | ||
1138 | is indefinite grace periods...But this is OK for experimentation | ||
1139 | and testing. | ||
1140 | " | ||
1141 | } | ||
1142 | |||
1143 | @unpublished{TomHart05a | ||
1144 | ,Author="Thomas E. Hart and Paul E. McKenney and Angela Demke Brown" | ||
1145 | ,Title="Efficient Memory Reclamation is Necessary for Fast Lock-Free | ||
1146 | Data Structures" | ||
1147 | ,month="March" | ||
1148 | ,year="2005" | ||
1149 | ,note="Available: | ||
1150 | \url{ftp://ftp.cs.toronto.edu/csrg-technical-reports/515/} | ||
1151 | [Viewed March 4, 2005]" | ||
1152 | ,annotation=" | ||
1153 | Comparison of RCU, QBSR, and EBSR. RCU wins for read-mostly | ||
1154 | workloads. ;-) | ||
1155 | " | ||
1156 | } | ||
1157 | |||
1158 | @unpublished{JonCorbet2005DeprecateSyncKernel | ||
1159 | ,Author="Jonathan Corbet" | ||
1160 | ,Title="API change: synchronize_kernel() deprecated" | ||
1161 | ,month="May" | ||
1162 | ,day="3" | ||
1163 | ,year="2005" | ||
1164 | ,note="Available: | ||
1165 | \url{http://lwn.net/Articles/134484/} | ||
1166 | [Viewed May 3, 2005]" | ||
1167 | ,annotation=" | ||
1168 | Jon Corbet describes deprecation of synchronize_kernel() | ||
1169 | in favor of synchronize_rcu() and synchronize_sched(). | ||
1170 | " | ||
553 | } | 1171 | } |
554 | 1172 | ||
555 | @unpublished{PaulMcKenney05a | 1173 | @unpublished{PaulMcKenney05a |
@@ -568,7 +1186,7 @@ Oregon Health and Sciences University" | |||
568 | 1186 | ||
569 | @conference{PaulMcKenney05b | 1187 | @conference{PaulMcKenney05b |
570 | ,Author="Paul E. McKenney and Dipankar Sarma" | 1188 | ,Author="Paul E. McKenney and Dipankar Sarma" |
571 | ,Title="Towards Hard Realtime Response from the Linux Kernel on SMP Hardware" | 1189 | ,Title="Towards Hard Realtime Response from the {Linux} Kernel on {SMP} Hardware" |
572 | ,Booktitle="linux.conf.au 2005" | 1190 | ,Booktitle="linux.conf.au 2005" |
573 | ,month="April" | 1191 | ,month="April" |
574 | ,year="2005" | 1192 | ,year="2005" |
@@ -578,6 +1196,103 @@ Oregon Health and Sciences University" | |||
578 | [Viewed May 13, 2005]" | 1196 | [Viewed May 13, 2005]" |
579 | ,annotation=" | 1197 | ,annotation=" |
580 | Realtime turns into making RCU yet more realtime friendly. | 1198 | Realtime turns into making RCU yet more realtime friendly. |
1199 | http://lca2005.linux.org.au/Papers/Paul%20McKenney/Towards%20Hard%20Realtime%20Response%20from%20the%20Linux%20Kernel/LKS.2005.04.22a.pdf | ||
1200 | " | ||
1201 | } | ||
1202 | |||
1203 | @unpublished{PaulEMcKenneyHomePage | ||
1204 | ,Author="Paul E. McKenney" | ||
1205 | ,Title="{Paul} {E.} {McKenney}" | ||
1206 | ,month="May" | ||
1207 | ,year="2005" | ||
1208 | ,note="Available: | ||
1209 | \url{http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/} | ||
1210 | [Viewed May 25, 2005]" | ||
1211 | ,annotation=" | ||
1212 | Paul McKenney's home page. | ||
1213 | " | ||
1214 | } | ||
1215 | |||
1216 | @unpublished{PaulEMcKenneyRCUPage | ||
1217 | ,Author="Paul E. McKenney" | ||
1218 | ,Title="Read-Copy Update {(RCU)}" | ||
1219 | ,month="May" | ||
1220 | ,year="2005" | ||
1221 | ,note="Available: | ||
1222 | \url{http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU} | ||
1223 | [Viewed May 25, 2005]" | ||
1224 | ,annotation=" | ||
1225 | Paul McKenney's RCU page. | ||
1226 | " | ||
1227 | } | ||
1228 | |||
1229 | @unpublished{JosephSeigh2005a | ||
1230 | ,Author="Joseph Seigh" | ||
1231 | ,Title="{RCU}+{SMR} (hazard pointers)" | ||
1232 | ,month="July" | ||
1233 | ,year="2005" | ||
1234 | ,note="Personal communication" | ||
1235 | ,annotation=" | ||
1236 | Joe Seigh announcing his atomic-ptr-plus project. | ||
1237 | http://sourceforge.net/projects/atomic-ptr-plus/ | ||
1238 | " | ||
1239 | } | ||
1240 | |||
1241 | @unpublished{JosephSeigh2005b | ||
1242 | ,Author="Joseph Seigh" | ||
1243 | ,Title="Lock-free synchronization primitives" | ||
1244 | ,month="July" | ||
1245 | ,day="6" | ||
1246 | ,year="2005" | ||
1247 | ,note="Available: | ||
1248 | \url{http://sourceforge.net/projects/atomic-ptr-plus/} | ||
1249 | [Viewed August 8, 2005]" | ||
1250 | ,annotation=" | ||
1251 | Joe Seigh's atomic-ptr-plus project. | ||
1252 | " | ||
1253 | } | ||
1254 | |||
1255 | @unpublished{PaulMcKenney2005c | ||
1256 | ,Author="Paul E.McKenney" | ||
1257 | ,Title="{[RFC,PATCH] RCU} and {CONFIG\_PREEMPT\_RT} sane patch" | ||
1258 | ,month="August" | ||
1259 | ,day="1" | ||
1260 | ,year="2005" | ||
1261 | ,note="Available: | ||
1262 | \url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2005/8/1/155} | ||
1263 | [Viewed March 14, 2006]" | ||
1264 | ,annotation=" | ||
1265 | First operating counter-based realtime RCU patch posted to LKML. | ||
1266 | " | ||
1267 | } | ||
1268 | |||
1269 | @unpublished{PaulMcKenney2005d | ||
1270 | ,Author="Paul E. McKenney" | ||
1271 | ,Title="Re: [Fwd: Re: [patch] Real-Time Preemption, -RT-2.6.13-rc4-V0.7.52-01]" | ||
1272 | ,month="August" | ||
1273 | ,day="8" | ||
1274 | ,year="2005" | ||
1275 | ,note="Available: | ||
1276 | \url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2005/8/8/108} | ||
1277 | [Viewed March 14, 2006]" | ||
1278 | ,annotation=" | ||
1279 | First operating counter-based realtime RCU patch posted to LKML, | ||
1280 | but fixed so that various unusual combinations of configuration | ||
1281 | parameters all function properly. | ||
1282 | " | ||
1283 | } | ||
1284 | |||
1285 | @unpublished{PaulMcKenney2005rcutorture | ||
1286 | ,Author="Paul E. McKenney" | ||
1287 | ,Title="{[PATCH]} {RCU} torture testing" | ||
1288 | ,month="October" | ||
1289 | ,day="1" | ||
1290 | ,year="2005" | ||
1291 | ,note="Available: | ||
1292 | \url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2005/10/1/70} | ||
1293 | [Viewed March 14, 2006]" | ||
1294 | ,annotation=" | ||
1295 | First rcutorture patch. | ||
581 | " | 1296 | " |
582 | } | 1297 | } |
583 | 1298 | ||
@@ -591,22 +1306,39 @@ Distributed Processing Symposium" | |||
591 | ,year="2006" | 1306 | ,year="2006" |
592 | ,day="25-29" | 1307 | ,day="25-29" |
593 | ,address="Rhodes, Greece" | 1308 | ,address="Rhodes, Greece" |
1309 | ,note="Available: | ||
1310 | \url{http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU/hart_ipdps06.pdf} | ||
1311 | [Viewed April 28, 2008]" | ||
1312 | ,annotation=" | ||
1313 | Compares QSBR, HPBR, EBR, and lock-free reference counting. | ||
1314 | http://www.cs.toronto.edu/~tomhart/perflab/ipdps06.tgz | ||
1315 | " | ||
1316 | } | ||
1317 | |||
1318 | @unpublished{NickPiggin2006radixtree | ||
1319 | ,Author="Nick Piggin" | ||
1320 | ,Title="[patch 3/3] radix-tree: {RCU} lockless readside" | ||
1321 | ,month="June" | ||
1322 | ,day="20" | ||
1323 | ,year="2006" | ||
1324 | ,note="Available: | ||
1325 | \url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2006/6/20/238} | ||
1326 | [Viewed March 25, 2008]" | ||
594 | ,annotation=" | 1327 | ,annotation=" |
595 | Compares QSBR (AKA "classic RCU"), HPBR, EBR, and lock-free | 1328 | RCU-protected radix tree. |
596 | reference counting. | ||
597 | " | 1329 | " |
598 | } | 1330 | } |
599 | 1331 | ||
600 | @Conference{PaulEMcKenney2006b | 1332 | @Conference{PaulEMcKenney2006b |
601 | ,Author="Paul E. McKenney and Dipankar Sarma and Ingo Molnar and | 1333 | ,Author="Paul E. McKenney and Dipankar Sarma and Ingo Molnar and |
602 | Suparna Bhattacharya" | 1334 | Suparna Bhattacharya" |
603 | ,Title="Extending RCU for Realtime and Embedded Workloads" | 1335 | ,Title="Extending {RCU} for Realtime and Embedded Workloads" |
604 | ,Booktitle="{Ottawa Linux Symposium}" | 1336 | ,Booktitle="{Ottawa Linux Symposium}" |
605 | ,Month="July" | 1337 | ,Month="July" |
606 | ,Year="2006" | 1338 | ,Year="2006" |
607 | ,pages="v2 123-138" | 1339 | ,pages="v2 123-138" |
608 | ,note="Available: | 1340 | ,note="Available: |
609 | \url{http://www.linuxsymposium.org/2006/index_2006.php} | 1341 | \url{http://www.linuxsymposium.org/2006/view_abstract.php?content_key=184} |
610 | \url{http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU/OLSrtRCU.2006.08.11a.pdf} | 1342 | \url{http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU/OLSrtRCU.2006.08.11a.pdf} |
611 | [Viewed January 1, 2007]" | 1343 | [Viewed January 1, 2007]" |
612 | ,annotation=" | 1344 | ,annotation=" |
@@ -614,6 +1346,37 @@ Suparna Bhattacharya" | |||
614 | " | 1346 | " |
615 | } | 1347 | } |
616 | 1348 | ||
1349 | @unpublished{WikipediaRCU | ||
1350 | ,Author="Paul E. McKenney and Chris Purcell and Algae and Ben Schumin and | ||
1351 | Gaius Cornelius and Qwertyus and Neil Conway and Sbw and Blainster and | ||
1352 | Canis Rufus and Zoicon5 and Anome and Hal Eisen" | ||
1353 | ,Title="Read-Copy Update" | ||
1354 | ,month="July" | ||
1355 | ,day="8" | ||
1356 | ,year="2006" | ||
1357 | ,note="Available: | ||
1358 | \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Read-copy-update} | ||
1359 | [Viewed August 21, 2006]" | ||
1360 | ,annotation=" | ||
1361 | Wikipedia RCU page as of July 8 2006. | ||
1362 | " | ||
1363 | } | ||
1364 | |||
1365 | @Conference{NickPiggin2006LocklessPageCache | ||
1366 | ,Author="Nick Piggin" | ||
1367 | ,Title="A Lockless Pagecache in Linux---Introduction, Progress, Performance" | ||
1368 | ,Booktitle="{Ottawa Linux Symposium}" | ||
1369 | ,Month="July" | ||
1370 | ,Year="2006" | ||
1371 | ,pages="v2 249-254" | ||
1372 | ,note="Available: | ||
1373 | \url{http://www.linuxsymposium.org/2006/view_abstract.php?content_key=184} | ||
1374 | [Viewed January 11, 2009]" | ||
1375 | ,annotation=" | ||
1376 | Uses RCU-protected radix tree for a lockless page cache. | ||
1377 | " | ||
1378 | } | ||
1379 | |||
617 | @unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2006c | 1380 | @unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2006c |
618 | ,Author="Paul E. McKenney" | 1381 | ,Author="Paul E. McKenney" |
619 | ,Title="Sleepable {RCU}" | 1382 | ,Title="Sleepable {RCU}" |
@@ -637,29 +1400,301 @@ Revised: | |||
637 | ,day="18" | 1400 | ,day="18" |
638 | ,year="2006" | 1401 | ,year="2006" |
639 | ,note="Available: | 1402 | ,note="Available: |
640 | \url{http://www.nada.kth.se/~snilsson/public/papers/trash/trash.pdf} | 1403 | \url{http://www.nada.kth.se/~snilsson/publications/TRASH/trash.pdf} |
641 | [Viewed February 24, 2007]" | 1404 | [Viewed March 4, 2011]" |
642 | ,annotation=" | 1405 | ,annotation=" |
643 | RCU-protected dynamic trie-hash combination. | 1406 | RCU-protected dynamic trie-hash combination. |
644 | " | 1407 | " |
645 | } | 1408 | } |
646 | 1409 | ||
647 | @unpublished{ThomasEHart2007a | 1410 | @unpublished{ChristophHellwig2006RCU2SRCU |
648 | ,Author="Thomas E. Hart and Paul E. McKenney and Angela Demke Brown and Jonathan Walpole" | 1411 | ,Author="Christoph Hellwig" |
649 | ,Title="Performance of memory reclamation for lockless synchronization" | 1412 | ,Title="Re: {[-mm PATCH 1/4]} {RCU}: split classic rcu" |
650 | ,journal="J. Parallel Distrib. Comput." | 1413 | ,month="September" |
1414 | ,day="28" | ||
1415 | ,year="2006" | ||
1416 | ,note="Available: | ||
1417 | \url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2006/9/28/160} | ||
1418 | [Viewed March 27, 2008]" | ||
1419 | } | ||
1420 | |||
1421 | @unpublished{PaulEMcKenneyRCUusagePage | ||
1422 | ,Author="Paul E. McKenney" | ||
1423 | ,Title="{RCU} {Linux} Usage" | ||
1424 | ,month="October" | ||
1425 | ,year="2006" | ||
1426 | ,note="Available: | ||
1427 | \url{http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU/linuxusage.html} | ||
1428 | [Viewed January 14, 2007]" | ||
1429 | ,annotation=" | ||
1430 | Paul McKenney's RCU page showing graphs plotting Linux-kernel | ||
1431 | usage of RCU. | ||
1432 | " | ||
1433 | } | ||
1434 | |||
1435 | @unpublished{PaulEMcKenneyRCUusageRawDataPage | ||
1436 | ,Author="Paul E. McKenney" | ||
1437 | ,Title="Read-Copy Update {(RCU)} Usage in {Linux} Kernel" | ||
1438 | ,month="October" | ||
1439 | ,year="2006" | ||
1440 | ,note="Available: | ||
1441 | \url{http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU/linuxusage/rculocktab.html} | ||
1442 | [Viewed January 14, 2007]" | ||
1443 | ,annotation=" | ||
1444 | Paul McKenney's RCU page showing Linux usage of RCU in tabular | ||
1445 | form, with links to corresponding cscope databases. | ||
1446 | " | ||
1447 | } | ||
1448 | |||
1449 | @unpublished{GauthamShenoy2006RCUrwlock | ||
1450 | ,Author="Gautham R. Shenoy" | ||
1451 | ,Title="[PATCH 4/5] lock\_cpu\_hotplug: Redesign - Lightweight implementation of lock\_cpu\_hotplug" | ||
1452 | ,month="October" | ||
1453 | ,year="2006" | ||
1454 | ,day=26 | ||
1455 | ,note="Available: | ||
1456 | \url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2006/10/26/73} | ||
1457 | [Viewed January 26, 2009]" | ||
1458 | ,annotation=" | ||
1459 | RCU-based reader-writer lock that allows readers to proceed with | ||
1460 | no memory barriers or atomic instruction in absence of writers. | ||
1461 | If writer do show up, readers must of course wait as required by | ||
1462 | the semantics of reader-writer locking. This is a recursive | ||
1463 | lock. | ||
1464 | " | ||
1465 | } | ||
1466 | |||
1467 | @unpublished{JensAxboe2006SlowSRCU | ||
1468 | ,Author="Jens Axboe" | ||
1469 | ,Title="Re: [patch] cpufreq: mark \url{cpufreq_tsc()} as | ||
1470 | \url{core_initcall_sync}" | ||
1471 | ,month="November" | ||
1472 | ,year="2006" | ||
1473 | ,day=17 | ||
1474 | ,note="Available: | ||
1475 | \url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2006/11/17/56} | ||
1476 | [Viewed May 28, 2007]" | ||
1477 | ,annotation=" | ||
1478 | SRCU's grace periods are too slow for Jens, even after a | ||
1479 | factor-of-three speedup. | ||
1480 | Sped-up version of SRCU at http://lkml.org/lkml/2006/11/17/359. | ||
1481 | " | ||
1482 | } | ||
1483 | |||
1484 | @unpublished{OlegNesterov2006QRCU | ||
1485 | ,Author="Oleg Nesterov" | ||
1486 | ,Title="Re: [patch] cpufreq: mark {\tt cpufreq\_tsc()} as | ||
1487 | {\tt core\_initcall\_sync}" | ||
1488 | ,month="November" | ||
1489 | ,year="2006" | ||
1490 | ,day=19 | ||
1491 | ,note="Available: | ||
1492 | \url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2006/11/19/69} | ||
1493 | [Viewed May 28, 2007]" | ||
1494 | ,annotation=" | ||
1495 | First cut of QRCU. Expanded/corrected versions followed. | ||
1496 | Used to be OlegNesterov2007QRCU, now time-corrected. | ||
1497 | " | ||
1498 | } | ||
1499 | |||
1500 | @unpublished{OlegNesterov2006aQRCU | ||
1501 | ,Author="Oleg Nesterov" | ||
1502 | ,Title="Re: [RFC, PATCH 1/2] qrcu: {"quick"} srcu implementation" | ||
1503 | ,month="November" | ||
1504 | ,year="2006" | ||
1505 | ,day=30 | ||
1506 | ,note="Available: | ||
1507 | \url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2006/11/29/330} | ||
1508 | [Viewed November 26, 2008]" | ||
1509 | ,annotation=" | ||
1510 | Expanded/corrected version of QRCU. | ||
1511 | Used to be OlegNesterov2007aQRCU, now time-corrected. | ||
1512 | " | ||
1513 | } | ||
1514 | |||
1515 | @unpublished{EvgeniyPolyakov2006RCUslowdown | ||
1516 | ,Author="Evgeniy Polyakov" | ||
1517 | ,Title="Badness in postponing work" | ||
1518 | ,month="December" | ||
1519 | ,year="2006" | ||
1520 | ,day=05 | ||
1521 | ,note="Available: | ||
1522 | \url{http://www.ioremap.net/node/41} | ||
1523 | [Viewed October 28, 2008]" | ||
1524 | ,annotation=" | ||
1525 | Using RCU as a pure delay leads to a 2.5x slowdown in skbs in | ||
1526 | the Linux kernel. | ||
1527 | " | ||
1528 | } | ||
1529 | |||
1530 | @inproceedings{ChrisMatthews2006ClusteredObjectsRCU | ||
1531 | ,author = {Matthews, Chris and Coady, Yvonne and Appavoo, Jonathan} | ||
1532 | ,title = {Portability events: a programming model for scalable system infrastructures} | ||
1533 | ,booktitle = {PLOS '06: Proceedings of the 3rd workshop on Programming languages and operating systems} | ||
1534 | ,year = {2006} | ||
1535 | ,isbn = {1-59593-577-0} | ||
1536 | ,pages = {11} | ||
1537 | ,location = {San Jose, California} | ||
1538 | ,doi = {http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/1215995.1216006} | ||
1539 | ,publisher = {ACM} | ||
1540 | ,address = {New York, NY, USA} | ||
1541 | ,annotation={ | ||
1542 | Uses K42's RCU-like functionality to manage clustered-object | ||
1543 | lifetimes. | ||
1544 | }} | ||
1545 | |||
1546 | @article{DilmaDaSilva2006K42 | ||
1547 | ,author = {Silva, Dilma Da and Krieger, Orran and Wisniewski, Robert W. and Waterland, Amos and Tam, David and Baumann, Andrew} | ||
1548 | ,title = {K42: an infrastructure for operating system research} | ||
1549 | ,journal = {SIGOPS Oper. Syst. Rev.} | ||
1550 | ,volume = {40} | ||
1551 | ,number = {2} | ||
1552 | ,year = {2006} | ||
1553 | ,issn = {0163-5980} | ||
1554 | ,pages = {34--42} | ||
1555 | ,doi = {http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/1131322.1131333} | ||
1556 | ,publisher = {ACM} | ||
1557 | ,address = {New York, NY, USA} | ||
1558 | ,annotation={ | ||
1559 | Describes relationship of K42 generations to RCU. | ||
1560 | }} | ||
1561 | |||
1562 | # CoreyMinyard2007list_splice_rcu | ||
1563 | @unpublished{CoreyMinyard2007list:splice:rcu | ||
1564 | ,Author="Corey Minyard and Paul E. McKenney" | ||
1565 | ,Title="{[PATCH]} add an {RCU} version of list splicing" | ||
1566 | ,month="January" | ||
1567 | ,year="2007" | ||
1568 | ,day=3 | ||
1569 | ,note="Available: | ||
1570 | \url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2007/1/3/112} | ||
1571 | [Viewed May 28, 2007]" | ||
1572 | ,annotation=" | ||
1573 | Patch for list_splice_rcu(). | ||
1574 | " | ||
1575 | } | ||
1576 | |||
1577 | @unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2007rcubarrier | ||
1578 | ,Author="Paul E. McKenney" | ||
1579 | ,Title="{RCU} and Unloadable Modules" | ||
1580 | ,month="January" | ||
1581 | ,day="14" | ||
1582 | ,year="2007" | ||
1583 | ,note="Available: | ||
1584 | \url{http://lwn.net/Articles/217484/} | ||
1585 | [Viewed November 22, 2007]" | ||
1586 | ,annotation=" | ||
1587 | LWN article introducing the rcu_barrier() primitive. | ||
1588 | " | ||
1589 | } | ||
1590 | |||
1591 | @unpublished{PeterZijlstra2007SyncBarrier | ||
1592 | ,Author="Peter Zijlstra and Ingo Molnar" | ||
1593 | ,Title="{[PATCH 3/7]} barrier: a scalable synchonisation barrier" | ||
1594 | ,month="January" | ||
1595 | ,year="2007" | ||
1596 | ,day=28 | ||
1597 | ,note="Available: | ||
1598 | \url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2007/1/28/34} | ||
1599 | [Viewed March 27, 2008]" | ||
1600 | ,annotation=" | ||
1601 | RCU-like implementation for frequent updaters and rare readers(!). | ||
1602 | Subsumed into QRCU. Maybe... | ||
1603 | " | ||
1604 | } | ||
1605 | |||
1606 | @unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2007BoostRCU | ||
1607 | ,Author="Paul E. McKenney" | ||
1608 | ,Title="Priority-Boosting {RCU} Read-Side Critical Sections" | ||
1609 | ,month="February" | ||
1610 | ,day="5" | ||
1611 | ,year="2007" | ||
1612 | ,note="Available: | ||
1613 | \url{http://lwn.net/Articles/220677/} | ||
1614 | Revised: | ||
1615 | \url{http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU/RCUbooststate.2007.04.16a.pdf} | ||
1616 | [Viewed September 7, 2007]" | ||
1617 | ,annotation=" | ||
1618 | LWN article introducing RCU priority boosting. | ||
1619 | " | ||
1620 | } | ||
1621 | |||
1622 | @unpublished{PaulMcKenney2007QRCUpatch | ||
1623 | ,Author="Paul E. McKenney" | ||
1624 | ,Title="{[PATCH]} {QRCU} with lockless fastpath" | ||
1625 | ,month="February" | ||
1626 | ,year="2007" | ||
1627 | ,day=24 | ||
1628 | ,note="Available: | ||
1629 | \url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2007/2/25/18} | ||
1630 | [Viewed March 27, 2008]" | ||
1631 | ,annotation=" | ||
1632 | Patch for QRCU supplying lock-free fast path. | ||
1633 | " | ||
1634 | } | ||
1635 | |||
1636 | @article{JonathanAppavoo2007K42RCU | ||
1637 | ,author = {Appavoo, Jonathan and Silva, Dilma Da and Krieger, Orran and Auslander, Marc and Ostrowski, Michal and Rosenburg, Bryan and Waterland, Amos and Wisniewski, Robert W. and Xenidis, Jimi and Stumm, Michael and Soares, Livio} | ||
1638 | ,title = {Experience distributing objects in an SMMP OS} | ||
1639 | ,journal = {ACM Trans. Comput. Syst.} | ||
1640 | ,volume = {25} | ||
1641 | ,number = {3} | ||
1642 | ,year = {2007} | ||
1643 | ,issn = {0734-2071} | ||
1644 | ,pages = {6/1--6/52} | ||
1645 | ,doi = {http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/1275517.1275518} | ||
1646 | ,publisher = {ACM} | ||
1647 | ,address = {New York, NY, USA} | ||
1648 | ,annotation={ | ||
1649 | Role of RCU in K42. | ||
1650 | }} | ||
1651 | |||
1652 | @conference{RobertOlsson2007Trash | ||
1653 | ,Author="Robert Olsson and Stefan Nilsson" | ||
1654 | ,Title="{TRASH}: A dynamic {LC}-trie and hash data structure" | ||
1655 | ,booktitle="Workshop on High Performance Switching and Routing (HPSR'07)" | ||
1656 | ,month="May" | ||
1657 | ,year="2007" | ||
1658 | ,note="Available: | ||
1659 | \url{http://ieeexplore.ieee.org/xpl/freeabs_all.jsp?arnumber=4281239} | ||
1660 | [Viewed October 1, 2010]" | ||
1661 | ,annotation=" | ||
1662 | RCU-protected dynamic trie-hash combination. | ||
1663 | " | ||
1664 | } | ||
1665 | |||
1666 | @conference{PeterZijlstra2007ConcurrentPagecacheRCU | ||
1667 | ,Author="Peter Zijlstra" | ||
1668 | ,Title="Concurrent Pagecache" | ||
1669 | ,Booktitle="Linux Symposium" | ||
1670 | ,month="June" | ||
651 | ,year="2007" | 1671 | ,year="2007" |
652 | ,note="To appear in J. Parallel Distrib. Comput. | 1672 | ,address="Ottawa, Canada" |
653 | \url{doi=10.1016/j.jpdc.2007.04.010}" | 1673 | ,note="Available: |
1674 | \url{http://ols.108.redhat.com/2007/Reprints/zijlstra-Reprint.pdf} | ||
1675 | [Viewed April 14, 2008]" | ||
1676 | ,annotation=" | ||
1677 | Page-cache modifications permitting RCU readers and concurrent | ||
1678 | updates. | ||
1679 | " | ||
1680 | } | ||
1681 | |||
1682 | @unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2007whatisRCU | ||
1683 | ,Author="Paul E. McKenney" | ||
1684 | ,Title="What is {RCU}?" | ||
1685 | ,year="2007" | ||
1686 | ,month="07" | ||
1687 | ,note="Available: | ||
1688 | \url{http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU/whatisRCU.html} | ||
1689 | [Viewed July 6, 2007]" | ||
654 | ,annotation={ | 1690 | ,annotation={ |
655 | Compares QSBR (AKA "classic RCU"), HPBR, EBR, and lock-free | 1691 | Describes RCU in Linux kernel. |
656 | reference counting. Journal version of ThomasEHart2006a. | ||
657 | } | 1692 | } |
658 | } | 1693 | } |
659 | 1694 | ||
660 | @unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2007QRCUspin | 1695 | @unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2007QRCUspin |
661 | ,Author="Paul E. McKenney" | 1696 | ,Author="Paul E. McKenney" |
662 | ,Title="Using Promela and Spin to verify parallel algorithms" | 1697 | ,Title="Using {Promela} and {Spin} to verify parallel algorithms" |
663 | ,month="August" | 1698 | ,month="August" |
664 | ,day="1" | 1699 | ,day="1" |
665 | ,year="2007" | 1700 | ,year="2007" |
@@ -669,6 +1704,50 @@ Revised: | |||
669 | ,annotation=" | 1704 | ,annotation=" |
670 | LWN article describing Promela and spin, and also using Oleg | 1705 | LWN article describing Promela and spin, and also using Oleg |
671 | Nesterov's QRCU as an example (with Paul McKenney's fastpath). | 1706 | Nesterov's QRCU as an example (with Paul McKenney's fastpath). |
1707 | Merged patch at: http://lkml.org/lkml/2007/2/25/18 | ||
1708 | " | ||
1709 | } | ||
1710 | |||
1711 | @unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2007WG21DDOatomics | ||
1712 | ,Author="Paul E. McKenney and Hans-J. Boehm and Lawrence Crowl" | ||
1713 | ,Title="C++ Data-Dependency Ordering: Atomics and Memory Model" | ||
1714 | ,month="August" | ||
1715 | ,day="3" | ||
1716 | ,year="2007" | ||
1717 | ,note="Preprint: | ||
1718 | \url{http://open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/papers/2008/n2664.htm} | ||
1719 | [Viewed December 7, 2009]" | ||
1720 | ,annotation=" | ||
1721 | RCU for C++, parts 1 and 2. | ||
1722 | " | ||
1723 | } | ||
1724 | |||
1725 | @unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2007WG21DDOannotation | ||
1726 | ,Author="Paul E. McKenney and Lawrence Crowl" | ||
1727 | ,Title="C++ Data-Dependency Ordering: Function Annotation" | ||
1728 | ,month="September" | ||
1729 | ,day="18" | ||
1730 | ,year="2008" | ||
1731 | ,note="Preprint: | ||
1732 | \url{http://open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/papers/2008/n2782.htm} | ||
1733 | [Viewed December 7, 2009]" | ||
1734 | ,annotation=" | ||
1735 | RCU for C++, part 2, updated many times. | ||
1736 | " | ||
1737 | } | ||
1738 | |||
1739 | @unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2007PreemptibleRCUPatch | ||
1740 | ,Author="Paul E. McKenney" | ||
1741 | ,Title="[PATCH RFC 0/9] {RCU}: Preemptible {RCU}" | ||
1742 | ,month="September" | ||
1743 | ,day="10" | ||
1744 | ,year="2007" | ||
1745 | ,note="Available: | ||
1746 | \url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2007/9/10/213} | ||
1747 | [Viewed October 25, 2007]" | ||
1748 | ,annotation=" | ||
1749 | Final patch for preemptable RCU to -rt. (Later patches were | ||
1750 | to mainline, eventually incorporated.) | ||
672 | " | 1751 | " |
673 | } | 1752 | } |
674 | 1753 | ||
@@ -686,10 +1765,46 @@ Revised: | |||
686 | " | 1765 | " |
687 | } | 1766 | } |
688 | 1767 | ||
1768 | @article{ThomasEHart2007a | ||
1769 | ,Author="Thomas E. Hart and Paul E. McKenney and Angela Demke Brown and Jonathan Walpole" | ||
1770 | ,Title="Performance of memory reclamation for lockless synchronization" | ||
1771 | ,journal="J. Parallel Distrib. Comput." | ||
1772 | ,volume={67} | ||
1773 | ,number="12" | ||
1774 | ,year="2007" | ||
1775 | ,issn="0743-7315" | ||
1776 | ,pages="1270--1285" | ||
1777 | ,doi="http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jpdc.2007.04.010" | ||
1778 | ,publisher="Academic Press, Inc." | ||
1779 | ,address="Orlando, FL, USA" | ||
1780 | ,annotation={ | ||
1781 | Compares QSBR, HPBR, EBR, and lock-free reference counting. | ||
1782 | Journal version of ThomasEHart2006a. | ||
1783 | } | ||
1784 | } | ||
1785 | |||
1786 | @unpublished{MathieuDesnoyers2007call:rcu:schedNeeded | ||
1787 | ,Author="Mathieu Desnoyers" | ||
1788 | ,Title="Re: [patch 1/2] {Linux} Kernel Markers - Support Multiple Probes" | ||
1789 | ,month="December" | ||
1790 | ,day="20" | ||
1791 | ,year="2007" | ||
1792 | ,note="Available: | ||
1793 | \url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2007/12/20/244} | ||
1794 | [Viewed March 27, 2008]" | ||
1795 | ,annotation=" | ||
1796 | Request for call_rcu_sched() and rcu_barrier_sched(). | ||
1797 | " | ||
1798 | } | ||
1799 | |||
1800 | |||
689 | ######################################################################## | 1801 | ######################################################################## |
690 | # | 1802 | # |
691 | # "What is RCU?" LWN series. | 1803 | # "What is RCU?" LWN series. |
692 | # | 1804 | # |
1805 | # http://lwn.net/Articles/262464/ (What is RCU, Fundamentally?) | ||
1806 | # http://lwn.net/Articles/263130/ (What is RCU's Usage?) | ||
1807 | # http://lwn.net/Articles/264090/ (What is RCU's API?) | ||
693 | 1808 | ||
694 | @unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2007WhatIsRCUFundamentally | 1809 | @unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2007WhatIsRCUFundamentally |
695 | ,Author="Paul E. McKenney and Jonathan Walpole" | 1810 | ,Author="Paul E. McKenney and Jonathan Walpole" |
@@ -723,7 +1838,7 @@ Revised: | |||
723 | 3. RCU is a Bulk Reference-Counting Mechanism | 1838 | 3. RCU is a Bulk Reference-Counting Mechanism |
724 | 4. RCU is a Poor Man's Garbage Collector | 1839 | 4. RCU is a Poor Man's Garbage Collector |
725 | 5. RCU is a Way of Providing Existence Guarantees | 1840 | 5. RCU is a Way of Providing Existence Guarantees |
726 | 6. RCU is a Way of Waiting for Things to Finish | 1841 | 6. RCU is a Way of Waiting for Things to Finish |
727 | " | 1842 | " |
728 | } | 1843 | } |
729 | 1844 | ||
@@ -747,20 +1862,96 @@ Revised: | |||
747 | # | 1862 | # |
748 | ######################################################################## | 1863 | ######################################################################## |
749 | 1864 | ||
1865 | |||
1866 | @unpublished{SteveRostedt2008dyntickRCUpatch | ||
1867 | ,Author="Steven Rostedt and Paul E. McKenney" | ||
1868 | ,Title="{[PATCH]} add support for dynamic ticks and preempt rcu" | ||
1869 | ,month="January" | ||
1870 | ,day="29" | ||
1871 | ,year="2008" | ||
1872 | ,note="Available: | ||
1873 | \url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2008/1/29/208} | ||
1874 | [Viewed March 27, 2008]" | ||
1875 | ,annotation=" | ||
1876 | Patch that prevents preemptible RCU from unnecessarily waking | ||
1877 | up dynticks-idle CPUs. | ||
1878 | " | ||
1879 | } | ||
1880 | |||
1881 | @unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2008LKMLDependencyOrdering | ||
1882 | ,Author="Paul E. McKenney" | ||
1883 | ,Title="Re: [PATCH 02/22 -v7] Add basic support for gcc profiler instrumentation" | ||
1884 | ,month="February" | ||
1885 | ,day="1" | ||
1886 | ,year="2008" | ||
1887 | ,note="Available: | ||
1888 | \url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2008/2/2/255} | ||
1889 | [Viewed October 18, 2008]" | ||
1890 | ,annotation=" | ||
1891 | Explanation of compilers violating dependency ordering. | ||
1892 | " | ||
1893 | } | ||
1894 | |||
1895 | @Conference{PaulEMcKenney2008Beijing | ||
1896 | ,Author="Paul E. McKenney" | ||
1897 | ,Title="Introducing Technology Into {Linux} Or: | ||
1898 | Introducing your technology Into {Linux} will require introducing a | ||
1899 | lot of {Linux} into your technology!!!" | ||
1900 | ,Booktitle="2008 Linux Developer Symposium - China" | ||
1901 | ,Publisher="OSS China" | ||
1902 | ,Month="February" | ||
1903 | ,Year="2008" | ||
1904 | ,Address="Beijing, China" | ||
1905 | ,note="Available: | ||
1906 | \url{http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU/TechIntroLinux.2008.02.19a.pdf} | ||
1907 | [Viewed August 12, 2008]" | ||
1908 | } | ||
1909 | |||
1910 | @unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2008dynticksRCU | ||
1911 | ,Author="Paul E. McKenney and Steven Rostedt" | ||
1912 | ,Title="Integrating and Validating dynticks and Preemptable RCU" | ||
1913 | ,month="April" | ||
1914 | ,day="24" | ||
1915 | ,year="2008" | ||
1916 | ,note="Available: | ||
1917 | \url{http://lwn.net/Articles/279077/} | ||
1918 | [Viewed April 24, 2008]" | ||
1919 | ,annotation=" | ||
1920 | Describes use of Promela and Spin to validate (and fix!) the | ||
1921 | dynticks/RCU interface. | ||
1922 | " | ||
1923 | } | ||
1924 | |||
750 | @article{DinakarGuniguntala2008IBMSysJ | 1925 | @article{DinakarGuniguntala2008IBMSysJ |
751 | ,author="D. Guniguntala and P. E. McKenney and J. Triplett and J. Walpole" | 1926 | ,author="D. Guniguntala and P. E. McKenney and J. Triplett and J. Walpole" |
752 | ,title="The read-copy-update mechanism for supporting real-time applications on shared-memory multiprocessor systems with {Linux}" | 1927 | ,title="The read-copy-update mechanism for supporting real-time applications on shared-memory multiprocessor systems with {Linux}" |
753 | ,Year="2008" | 1928 | ,Year="2008" |
754 | ,Month="April" | 1929 | ,Month="April-June" |
755 | ,journal="IBM Systems Journal" | 1930 | ,journal="IBM Systems Journal" |
756 | ,volume="47" | 1931 | ,volume="47" |
757 | ,number="2" | 1932 | ,number="2" |
758 | ,pages="@@-@@" | 1933 | ,pages="221-236" |
759 | ,annotation=" | 1934 | ,annotation=" |
760 | RCU, realtime RCU, sleepable RCU, performance. | 1935 | RCU, realtime RCU, sleepable RCU, performance. |
761 | " | 1936 | " |
762 | } | 1937 | } |
763 | 1938 | ||
1939 | @unpublished{LaiJiangshan2008NewClassicAlgorithm | ||
1940 | ,Author="Lai Jiangshan" | ||
1941 | ,Title="[{RFC}][{PATCH}] rcu classic: new algorithm for callbacks-processing" | ||
1942 | ,month="June" | ||
1943 | ,day="3" | ||
1944 | ,year="2008" | ||
1945 | ,note="Available: | ||
1946 | \url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2008/6/2/539} | ||
1947 | [Viewed December 10, 2008]" | ||
1948 | ,annotation=" | ||
1949 | Updated RCU classic algorithm. Introduced multi-tailed list | ||
1950 | for RCU callbacks and also pulling common code into | ||
1951 | __call_rcu(). | ||
1952 | " | ||
1953 | } | ||
1954 | |||
764 | @article{PaulEMcKenney2008RCUOSR | 1955 | @article{PaulEMcKenney2008RCUOSR |
765 | ,author="Paul E. McKenney and Jonathan Walpole" | 1956 | ,author="Paul E. McKenney and Jonathan Walpole" |
766 | ,title="Introducing technology into the {Linux} kernel: a case study" | 1957 | ,title="Introducing technology into the {Linux} kernel: a case study" |
@@ -778,6 +1969,52 @@ Revised: | |||
778 | } | 1969 | } |
779 | } | 1970 | } |
780 | 1971 | ||
1972 | @unpublished{ManfredSpraul2008StateMachineRCU | ||
1973 | ,Author="Manfred Spraul" | ||
1974 | ,Title="[{RFC}, {PATCH}] state machine based rcu" | ||
1975 | ,month="August" | ||
1976 | ,day="21" | ||
1977 | ,year="2008" | ||
1978 | ,note="Available: | ||
1979 | \url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2008/8/21/336} | ||
1980 | [Viewed December 8, 2008]" | ||
1981 | ,annotation=" | ||
1982 | State-based RCU. One key thing that this patch does is to | ||
1983 | separate the dynticks handling of NMIs and IRQs. | ||
1984 | " | ||
1985 | } | ||
1986 | |||
1987 | @unpublished{ManfredSpraul2008dyntickIRQNMI | ||
1988 | ,Author="Manfred Spraul" | ||
1989 | ,Title="Re: [{RFC}, {PATCH}] v4 scalable classic {RCU} implementation" | ||
1990 | ,month="September" | ||
1991 | ,day="6" | ||
1992 | ,year="2008" | ||
1993 | ,note="Available: | ||
1994 | \url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2008/9/6/86} | ||
1995 | [Viewed December 8, 2008]" | ||
1996 | ,annotation=" | ||
1997 | Manfred notes a fix required to my attempt to separate irq | ||
1998 | and NMI processing for hierarchical RCU's dynticks interface. | ||
1999 | " | ||
2000 | } | ||
2001 | |||
2002 | @techreport{PaulEMcKenney2008cyclicRCU | ||
2003 | ,author="Paul E. McKenney" | ||
2004 | ,title="Efficient Support of Consistent Cyclic Search With Read-Copy Update" | ||
2005 | ,institution="US Patent and Trademark Office" | ||
2006 | ,address="Washington, DC" | ||
2007 | ,year="2008" | ||
2008 | ,number="US Patent 7,426,511" | ||
2009 | ,month="September" | ||
2010 | ,pages="23" | ||
2011 | ,annotation=" | ||
2012 | Maintains an additional level of indirection to allow | ||
2013 | readers to confine themselves to the desired snapshot of the | ||
2014 | data structure. Only permits one update at a time. | ||
2015 | " | ||
2016 | } | ||
2017 | |||
781 | @unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2008HierarchicalRCU | 2018 | @unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2008HierarchicalRCU |
782 | ,Author="Paul E. McKenney" | 2019 | ,Author="Paul E. McKenney" |
783 | ,Title="Hierarchical {RCU}" | 2020 | ,Title="Hierarchical {RCU}" |
@@ -793,6 +2030,21 @@ Revised: | |||
793 | " | 2030 | " |
794 | } | 2031 | } |
795 | 2032 | ||
2033 | @unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2009BloatwatchRCU | ||
2034 | ,Author="Paul E. McKenney" | ||
2035 | ,Title="Re: [PATCH fyi] RCU: the bloatwatch edition" | ||
2036 | ,month="January" | ||
2037 | ,day="14" | ||
2038 | ,year="2009" | ||
2039 | ,note="Available: | ||
2040 | \url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2009/1/14/449} | ||
2041 | [Viewed January 15, 2009]" | ||
2042 | ,annotation=" | ||
2043 | Small-footprint implementation of RCU for uniprocessor | ||
2044 | embedded applications -- and also for exposition purposes. | ||
2045 | " | ||
2046 | } | ||
2047 | |||
796 | @conference{PaulEMcKenney2009MaliciousURCU | 2048 | @conference{PaulEMcKenney2009MaliciousURCU |
797 | ,Author="Paul E. McKenney" | 2049 | ,Author="Paul E. McKenney" |
798 | ,Title="Using a Malicious User-Level {RCU} to Torture {RCU}-Based Algorithms" | 2050 | ,Title="Using a Malicious User-Level {RCU} to Torture {RCU}-Based Algorithms" |
@@ -816,15 +2068,17 @@ Revised: | |||
816 | ,year="2009" | 2068 | ,year="2009" |
817 | ,note="Available: | 2069 | ,note="Available: |
818 | \url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2009/2/5/572} | 2070 | \url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2009/2/5/572} |
819 | \url{git://lttng.org/userspace-rcu.git} | 2071 | \url{http://lttng.org/urcu} |
820 | [Viewed February 20, 2009]" | 2072 | [Viewed February 20, 2009]" |
821 | ,annotation=" | 2073 | ,annotation=" |
822 | Mathieu Desnoyers's user-space RCU implementation. | 2074 | Mathieu Desnoyers's user-space RCU implementation. |
823 | git://lttng.org/userspace-rcu.git | 2075 | git://lttng.org/userspace-rcu.git |
2076 | http://lttng.org/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=userspace-rcu.git | ||
2077 | http://lttng.org/urcu | ||
824 | " | 2078 | " |
825 | } | 2079 | } |
826 | 2080 | ||
827 | @unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2009BloatWatchRCU | 2081 | @unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2009LWNBloatWatchRCU |
828 | ,Author="Paul E. McKenney" | 2082 | ,Author="Paul E. McKenney" |
829 | ,Title="{RCU}: The {Bloatwatch} Edition" | 2083 | ,Title="{RCU}: The {Bloatwatch} Edition" |
830 | ,month="March" | 2084 | ,month="March" |
@@ -852,14 +2106,29 @@ Revised: | |||
852 | " | 2106 | " |
853 | } | 2107 | } |
854 | 2108 | ||
855 | @unpublished{JoshTriplett2009RPHash | 2109 | @unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2009fastRTRCU |
2110 | ,Author="Paul E. McKenney" | ||
2111 | ,Title="[{PATCH} {RFC} -tip 0/4] {RCU} cleanups and simplified preemptable {RCU}" | ||
2112 | ,month="July" | ||
2113 | ,day="23" | ||
2114 | ,year="2009" | ||
2115 | ,note="Available: | ||
2116 | \url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2009/7/23/294} | ||
2117 | [Viewed August 15, 2009]" | ||
2118 | ,annotation=" | ||
2119 | First posting of simple and fast preemptable RCU. | ||
2120 | " | ||
2121 | } | ||
2122 | |||
2123 | @InProceedings{JoshTriplett2009RPHash | ||
856 | ,Author="Josh Triplett" | 2124 | ,Author="Josh Triplett" |
857 | ,Title="Scalable concurrent hash tables via relativistic programming" | 2125 | ,Title="Scalable concurrent hash tables via relativistic programming" |
858 | ,month="September" | 2126 | ,month="September" |
859 | ,year="2009" | 2127 | ,year="2009" |
860 | ,note="Linux Plumbers Conference presentation" | 2128 | ,booktitle="Linux Plumbers Conference 2009" |
861 | ,annotation=" | 2129 | ,annotation=" |
862 | RP fun with hash tables. | 2130 | RP fun with hash tables. |
2131 | See also JoshTriplett2010RPHash | ||
863 | " | 2132 | " |
864 | } | 2133 | } |
865 | 2134 | ||
@@ -872,4 +2141,323 @@ Revised: | |||
872 | ,note="Available: | 2141 | ,note="Available: |
873 | \url{http://www.lttng.org/pub/thesis/desnoyers-dissertation-2009-12.pdf} | 2142 | \url{http://www.lttng.org/pub/thesis/desnoyers-dissertation-2009-12.pdf} |
874 | [Viewed December 9, 2009]" | 2143 | [Viewed December 9, 2009]" |
2144 | ,annotation={ | ||
2145 | Chapter 6 (page 97) covers user-level RCU. | ||
2146 | } | ||
2147 | } | ||
2148 | |||
2149 | @unpublished{RelativisticProgrammingWiki | ||
2150 | ,Author="Josh Triplett and Paul E. McKenney and Jonathan Walpole" | ||
2151 | ,Title="Relativistic Programming" | ||
2152 | ,month="September" | ||
2153 | ,year="2009" | ||
2154 | ,note="Available: | ||
2155 | \url{http://wiki.cs.pdx.edu/rp/} | ||
2156 | [Viewed December 9, 2009]" | ||
2157 | ,annotation=" | ||
2158 | Main Relativistic Programming Wiki. | ||
2159 | " | ||
2160 | } | ||
2161 | |||
2162 | @conference{PaulEMcKenney2009DeterministicRCU | ||
2163 | ,Author="Paul E. McKenney" | ||
2164 | ,Title="Deterministic Synchronization in Multicore Systems: the Role of {RCU}" | ||
2165 | ,Booktitle="Eleventh Real Time Linux Workshop" | ||
2166 | ,month="September" | ||
2167 | ,year="2009" | ||
2168 | ,address="Dresden, Germany" | ||
2169 | ,note="Available: | ||
2170 | \url{http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/realtime/paper/DetSyncRCU.2009.08.18a.pdf} | ||
2171 | [Viewed January 14, 2009]" | ||
2172 | } | ||
2173 | |||
2174 | @unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2009HuntingHeisenbugs | ||
2175 | ,Author="Paul E. McKenney" | ||
2176 | ,Title="Hunting Heisenbugs" | ||
2177 | ,month="November" | ||
2178 | ,year="2009" | ||
2179 | ,day="1" | ||
2180 | ,note="Available: | ||
2181 | \url{http://paulmck.livejournal.com/14639.html} | ||
2182 | [Viewed June 4, 2010]" | ||
2183 | ,annotation=" | ||
2184 | Day-one bug in Tree RCU that took forever to track down. | ||
2185 | " | ||
2186 | } | ||
2187 | |||
2188 | @unpublished{MathieuDesnoyers2009defer:rcu | ||
2189 | ,Author="Mathieu Desnoyers" | ||
2190 | ,Title="Kernel RCU: shrink the size of the struct rcu\_head" | ||
2191 | ,month="December" | ||
2192 | ,year="2009" | ||
2193 | ,note="Available: | ||
2194 | \url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2009/10/18/129} | ||
2195 | [Viewed December 29, 2009]" | ||
2196 | ,annotation=" | ||
2197 | Mathieu proposed defer_rcu() with fixed-size per-thread pool | ||
2198 | of RCU callbacks. | ||
2199 | " | ||
2200 | } | ||
2201 | |||
2202 | @unpublished{MathieuDesnoyers2009VerifPrePub | ||
2203 | ,Author="Mathieu Desnoyers and Paul E. McKenney and Michel R. Dagenais" | ||
2204 | ,Title="Multi-Core Systems Modeling for Formal Verification of Parallel Algorithms" | ||
2205 | ,month="December" | ||
2206 | ,year="2009" | ||
2207 | ,note="Submitted to IEEE TPDS" | ||
2208 | ,annotation=" | ||
2209 | OOMem model for Mathieu's user-level RCU mechanical proof of | ||
2210 | correctness. | ||
2211 | " | ||
2212 | } | ||
2213 | |||
2214 | @unpublished{MathieuDesnoyers2009URCUPrePub | ||
2215 | ,Author="Mathieu Desnoyers and Paul E. McKenney and Alan Stern and Michel R. Dagenais and Jonathan Walpole" | ||
2216 | ,Title="User-Level Implementations of Read-Copy Update" | ||
2217 | ,month="December" | ||
2218 | ,year="2010" | ||
2219 | ,url=\url{http://www.computer.org/csdl/trans/td/2012/02/ttd2012020375-abs.html} | ||
2220 | ,annotation=" | ||
2221 | RCU overview, desiderata, semi-formal semantics, user-level RCU | ||
2222 | usage scenarios, three classes of RCU implementation, wait-free | ||
2223 | RCU updates, RCU grace-period batching, update overhead, | ||
2224 | http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU/urcu-main-accepted.2011.08.30a.pdf | ||
2225 | http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU/urcu-supp-accepted.2011.08.30a.pdf | ||
2226 | Superseded by MathieuDesnoyers2012URCU. | ||
2227 | " | ||
2228 | } | ||
2229 | |||
2230 | @inproceedings{HariKannan2009DynamicAnalysisRCU | ||
2231 | ,author = {Kannan, Hari} | ||
2232 | ,title = {Ordering decoupled metadata accesses in multiprocessors} | ||
2233 | ,booktitle = {MICRO 42: Proceedings of the 42nd Annual IEEE/ACM International Symposium on Microarchitecture} | ||
2234 | ,year = {2009} | ||
2235 | ,isbn = {978-1-60558-798-1} | ||
2236 | ,pages = {381--390} | ||
2237 | ,location = {New York, New York} | ||
2238 | ,doi = {http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/1669112.1669161} | ||
2239 | ,publisher = {ACM} | ||
2240 | ,address = {New York, NY, USA} | ||
2241 | ,annotation={ | ||
2242 | Uses RCU to protect metadata used in dynamic analysis. | ||
2243 | }} | ||
2244 | |||
2245 | @conference{PaulEMcKenney2010SimpleOptRCU | ||
2246 | ,Author="Paul E. McKenney" | ||
2247 | ,Title="Simplicity Through Optimization" | ||
2248 | ,Booktitle="linux.conf.au 2010" | ||
2249 | ,month="January" | ||
2250 | ,year="2010" | ||
2251 | ,address="Wellington, New Zealand" | ||
2252 | ,note="Available: | ||
2253 | \url{http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU/SimplicityThruOptimization.2010.01.21f.pdf} | ||
2254 | [Viewed October 10, 2010]" | ||
2255 | ,annotation=" | ||
2256 | TREE_PREEMPT_RCU optimizations greatly simplified the old | ||
2257 | PREEMPT_RCU implementation. | ||
2258 | " | ||
2259 | } | ||
2260 | |||
2261 | @unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2010LockdepRCU | ||
2262 | ,Author="Paul E. McKenney" | ||
2263 | ,Title="Lockdep-{RCU}" | ||
2264 | ,month="February" | ||
2265 | ,year="2010" | ||
2266 | ,day="1" | ||
2267 | ,note="Available: | ||
2268 | \url{https://lwn.net/Articles/371986/} | ||
2269 | [Viewed June 4, 2010]" | ||
2270 | ,annotation=" | ||
2271 | CONFIG_PROVE_RCU, or at least an early version. | ||
2272 | " | ||
2273 | } | ||
2274 | |||
2275 | @unpublished{AviKivity2010KVM2RCU | ||
2276 | ,Author="Avi Kivity" | ||
2277 | ,Title="[{PATCH} 37/40] {KVM}: Bump maximum vcpu count to 64" | ||
2278 | ,month="February" | ||
2279 | ,year="2010" | ||
2280 | ,note="Available: | ||
2281 | \url{http://www.mail-archive.com/kvm@vger.kernel.org/msg28640.html} | ||
2282 | [Viewed March 20, 2010]" | ||
2283 | ,annotation=" | ||
2284 | Use of RCU permits KVM to increase the size of guest OSes from | ||
2285 | 16 CPUs to 64 CPUs. | ||
2286 | " | ||
2287 | } | ||
2288 | |||
2289 | @unpublished{HerbertXu2010RCUResizeHash | ||
2290 | ,Author="Herbert Xu" | ||
2291 | ,Title="bridge: Add core IGMP snooping support" | ||
2292 | ,month="February" | ||
2293 | ,year="2010" | ||
2294 | ,note="Available: | ||
2295 | \url{http://kerneltrap.com/mailarchive/linux-netdev/2010/2/26/6270589} | ||
2296 | [Viewed March 20, 2011]" | ||
2297 | ,annotation={ | ||
2298 | Use a pair of list_head structures to support RCU-protected | ||
2299 | resizable hash tables. | ||
2300 | }} | ||
2301 | |||
2302 | @article{JoshTriplett2010RPHash | ||
2303 | ,author="Josh Triplett and Paul E. McKenney and Jonathan Walpole" | ||
2304 | ,title="Scalable Concurrent Hash Tables via Relativistic Programming" | ||
2305 | ,journal="ACM Operating Systems Review" | ||
2306 | ,year=2010 | ||
2307 | ,volume=44 | ||
2308 | ,number=3 | ||
2309 | ,month="July" | ||
2310 | ,annotation={ | ||
2311 | RP fun with hash tables. | ||
2312 | http://portal.acm.org/citation.cfm?id=1842733.1842750 | ||
2313 | }} | ||
2314 | |||
2315 | @unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2010RCUAPI | ||
2316 | ,Author="Paul E. McKenney" | ||
2317 | ,Title="The {RCU} {API}, 2010 Edition" | ||
2318 | ,month="December" | ||
2319 | ,day="8" | ||
2320 | ,year="2010" | ||
2321 | ,note="Available: | ||
2322 | \url{http://lwn.net/Articles/418853/} | ||
2323 | [Viewed December 8, 2010]" | ||
2324 | ,annotation=" | ||
2325 | Includes updated software-engineering features. | ||
2326 | " | ||
2327 | } | ||
2328 | |||
2329 | @mastersthesis{AndrejPodzimek2010masters | ||
2330 | ,author="Andrej Podzimek" | ||
2331 | ,title="Read-Copy-Update for OpenSolaris" | ||
2332 | ,school="Charles University in Prague" | ||
2333 | ,year="2010" | ||
2334 | ,note="Available: | ||
2335 | \url{https://andrej.podzimek.org/thesis.pdf} | ||
2336 | [Viewed January 31, 2011]" | ||
2337 | ,annotation={ | ||
2338 | Reviews RCU implementations and creates a few for OpenSolaris. | ||
2339 | Drives quiescent-state detection from RCU read-side primitives, | ||
2340 | in a manner roughly similar to that of Jim Houston. | ||
2341 | }} | ||
2342 | |||
2343 | @unpublished{LinusTorvalds2011Linux2:6:38:rc1:NPigginVFS | ||
2344 | ,Author="Linus Torvalds" | ||
2345 | ,Title="Linux 2.6.38-rc1" | ||
2346 | ,month="January" | ||
2347 | ,year="2011" | ||
2348 | ,note="Available: | ||
2349 | \url{https://lkml.org/lkml/2011/1/18/322} | ||
2350 | [Viewed March 4, 2011]" | ||
2351 | ,annotation={ | ||
2352 | "The RCU-based name lookup is at the other end of the spectrum - the | ||
2353 | absolute anti-gimmick. It's some seriously good stuff, and gets rid of | ||
2354 | the last main global lock that really tends to hurt some kernel loads. | ||
2355 | The dentry lock is no longer a big serializing issue. What's really | ||
2356 | nice about it is that it actually improves performance a lot even for | ||
2357 | single-threaded loads (on an SMP kernel), because it gets rid of some | ||
2358 | of the most expensive parts of path component lookup, which was the | ||
2359 | d_lock on every component lookup. So I'm seeing improvements of 30-50% | ||
2360 | on some seriously pathname-lookup intensive loads." | ||
2361 | }} | ||
2362 | |||
2363 | @techreport{JoshTriplett2011RPScalableCorrectOrdering | ||
2364 | ,author = {Josh Triplett and Philip W. Howard and Paul E. McKenney and Jonathan Walpole} | ||
2365 | ,title = {Scalable Correct Memory Ordering via Relativistic Programming} | ||
2366 | ,year = {2011} | ||
2367 | ,number = {11-03} | ||
2368 | ,institution = {Portland State University} | ||
2369 | ,note = {\url{http://www.cs.pdx.edu/pdfs/tr1103.pdf}} | ||
2370 | } | ||
2371 | |||
2372 | @inproceedings{PhilHoward2011RCUTMRBTree | ||
2373 | ,author = {Philip W. Howard and Jonathan Walpole} | ||
2374 | ,title = {A Relativistic Enhancement to Software Transactional Memory} | ||
2375 | ,booktitle = {Proceedings of the 3rd USENIX conference on Hot topics in parallelism} | ||
2376 | ,series = {HotPar'11} | ||
2377 | ,year = {2011} | ||
2378 | ,location = {Berkeley, CA} | ||
2379 | ,pages = {1--6} | ||
2380 | ,numpages = {6} | ||
2381 | ,url = {http://www.usenix.org/event/hotpar11/tech/final_files/Howard.pdf} | ||
2382 | ,publisher = {USENIX Association} | ||
2383 | ,address = {Berkeley, CA, USA} | ||
2384 | } | ||
2385 | |||
2386 | @techreport{PaulEMcKenney2011cyclicparallelRCU | ||
2387 | ,author="Paul E. McKenney and Jonathan Walpole" | ||
2388 | ,title="Efficient Support of Consistent Cyclic Search With Read-Copy Update and Parallel Updates" | ||
2389 | ,institution="US Patent and Trademark Office" | ||
2390 | ,address="Washington, DC" | ||
2391 | ,year="2011" | ||
2392 | ,number="US Patent 7,953,778" | ||
2393 | ,month="May" | ||
2394 | ,pages="34" | ||
2395 | ,annotation=" | ||
2396 | Maintains an array of generation numbers to track in-flight | ||
2397 | updates and keeps an additional level of indirection to allow | ||
2398 | readers to confine themselves to the desired snapshot of the | ||
2399 | data structure. | ||
2400 | " | ||
2401 | } | ||
2402 | |||
2403 | @inproceedings{Triplett:2011:RPHash | ||
2404 | ,author = {Triplett, Josh and McKenney, Paul E. and Walpole, Jonathan} | ||
2405 | ,title = {Resizable, Scalable, Concurrent Hash Tables via Relativistic Programming} | ||
2406 | ,booktitle = {Proceedings of the 2011 USENIX Annual Technical Conference} | ||
2407 | ,month = {June} | ||
2408 | ,year = {2011} | ||
2409 | ,pages = {145--158} | ||
2410 | ,numpages = {14} | ||
2411 | ,url={http://www.usenix.org/event/atc11/tech/final_files/atc11_proceedings.pdf} | ||
2412 | ,publisher = {The USENIX Association} | ||
2413 | ,address = {Portland, OR USA} | ||
2414 | } | ||
2415 | |||
2416 | @unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2011RCU3.0trainwreck | ||
2417 | ,Author="Paul E. McKenney" | ||
2418 | ,Title="3.0 and {RCU:} what went wrong" | ||
2419 | ,month="July" | ||
2420 | ,day="27" | ||
2421 | ,year="2011" | ||
2422 | ,note="Available: | ||
2423 | \url{http://lwn.net/Articles/453002/} | ||
2424 | [Viewed July 27, 2011]" | ||
2425 | ,annotation=" | ||
2426 | Analysis of the RCU trainwreck in Linux kernel 3.0. | ||
2427 | " | ||
2428 | } | ||
2429 | |||
2430 | @unpublished{NeilBrown2011MeetTheLockers | ||
2431 | ,Author="Neil Brown" | ||
2432 | ,Title="Meet the Lockers" | ||
2433 | ,month="August" | ||
2434 | ,day="3" | ||
2435 | ,year="2011" | ||
2436 | ,note="Available: | ||
2437 | \url{http://lwn.net/Articles/453685/} | ||
2438 | [Viewed September 2, 2011]" | ||
2439 | ,annotation=" | ||
2440 | The Locker family as an analogy for locking, reference counting, | ||
2441 | RCU, and seqlock. | ||
2442 | " | ||
2443 | } | ||
2444 | |||
2445 | @article{MathieuDesnoyers2012URCU | ||
2446 | ,Author="Mathieu Desnoyers and Paul E. McKenney and Alan Stern and Michel R. Dagenais and Jonathan Walpole" | ||
2447 | ,Title="User-Level Implementations of Read-Copy Update" | ||
2448 | ,journal="IEEE Transactions on Parallel and Distributed Systems" | ||
2449 | ,volume={23} | ||
2450 | ,year="2012" | ||
2451 | ,issn="1045-9219" | ||
2452 | ,pages="375-382" | ||
2453 | ,doi="http://doi.ieeecomputersociety.org/10.1109/TPDS.2011.159" | ||
2454 | ,publisher="IEEE Computer Society" | ||
2455 | ,address="Los Alamitos, CA, USA" | ||
2456 | ,annotation={ | ||
2457 | RCU overview, desiderata, semi-formal semantics, user-level RCU | ||
2458 | usage scenarios, three classes of RCU implementation, wait-free | ||
2459 | RCU updates, RCU grace-period batching, update overhead, | ||
2460 | http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU/urcu-main-accepted.2011.08.30a.pdf | ||
2461 | http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU/urcu-supp-accepted.2011.08.30a.pdf | ||
2462 | } | ||
875 | } | 2463 | } |
diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/checklist.txt b/Documentation/RCU/checklist.txt index bff2d8be1e18..5c8d74968090 100644 --- a/Documentation/RCU/checklist.txt +++ b/Documentation/RCU/checklist.txt | |||
@@ -180,6 +180,20 @@ over a rather long period of time, but improvements are always welcome! | |||
180 | operations that would not normally be undertaken while a real-time | 180 | operations that would not normally be undertaken while a real-time |
181 | workload is running. | 181 | workload is running. |
182 | 182 | ||
183 | In particular, if you find yourself invoking one of the expedited | ||
184 | primitives repeatedly in a loop, please do everyone a favor: | ||
185 | Restructure your code so that it batches the updates, allowing | ||
186 | a single non-expedited primitive to cover the entire batch. | ||
187 | This will very likely be faster than the loop containing the | ||
188 | expedited primitive, and will be much much easier on the rest | ||
189 | of the system, especially to real-time workloads running on | ||
190 | the rest of the system. | ||
191 | |||
192 | In addition, it is illegal to call the expedited forms from | ||
193 | a CPU-hotplug notifier, or while holding a lock that is acquired | ||
194 | by a CPU-hotplug notifier. Failing to observe this restriction | ||
195 | will result in deadlock. | ||
196 | |||
183 | 7. If the updater uses call_rcu() or synchronize_rcu(), then the | 197 | 7. If the updater uses call_rcu() or synchronize_rcu(), then the |
184 | corresponding readers must use rcu_read_lock() and | 198 | corresponding readers must use rcu_read_lock() and |
185 | rcu_read_unlock(). If the updater uses call_rcu_bh() or | 199 | rcu_read_unlock(). If the updater uses call_rcu_bh() or |
diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/stallwarn.txt b/Documentation/RCU/stallwarn.txt index 083d88cbc089..523364e4e1f1 100644 --- a/Documentation/RCU/stallwarn.txt +++ b/Documentation/RCU/stallwarn.txt | |||
@@ -12,14 +12,38 @@ CONFIG_RCU_CPU_STALL_TIMEOUT | |||
12 | This kernel configuration parameter defines the period of time | 12 | This kernel configuration parameter defines the period of time |
13 | that RCU will wait from the beginning of a grace period until it | 13 | that RCU will wait from the beginning of a grace period until it |
14 | issues an RCU CPU stall warning. This time period is normally | 14 | issues an RCU CPU stall warning. This time period is normally |
15 | ten seconds. | 15 | sixty seconds. |
16 | 16 | ||
17 | RCU_SECONDS_TILL_STALL_RECHECK | 17 | This configuration parameter may be changed at runtime via the |
18 | /sys/module/rcutree/parameters/rcu_cpu_stall_timeout, however | ||
19 | this parameter is checked only at the beginning of a cycle. | ||
20 | So if you are 30 seconds into a 70-second stall, setting this | ||
21 | sysfs parameter to (say) five will shorten the timeout for the | ||
22 | -next- stall, or the following warning for the current stall | ||
23 | (assuming the stall lasts long enough). It will not affect the | ||
24 | timing of the next warning for the current stall. | ||
18 | 25 | ||
19 | This macro defines the period of time that RCU will wait after | 26 | Stall-warning messages may be enabled and disabled completely via |
20 | issuing a stall warning until it issues another stall warning | 27 | /sys/module/rcutree/parameters/rcu_cpu_stall_suppress. |
21 | for the same stall. This time period is normally set to three | 28 | |
22 | times the check interval plus thirty seconds. | 29 | CONFIG_RCU_CPU_STALL_VERBOSE |
30 | |||
31 | This kernel configuration parameter causes the stall warning to | ||
32 | also dump the stacks of any tasks that are blocking the current | ||
33 | RCU-preempt grace period. | ||
34 | |||
35 | RCU_CPU_STALL_INFO | ||
36 | |||
37 | This kernel configuration parameter causes the stall warning to | ||
38 | print out additional per-CPU diagnostic information, including | ||
39 | information on scheduling-clock ticks and RCU's idle-CPU tracking. | ||
40 | |||
41 | RCU_STALL_DELAY_DELTA | ||
42 | |||
43 | Although the lockdep facility is extremely useful, it does add | ||
44 | some overhead. Therefore, under CONFIG_PROVE_RCU, the | ||
45 | RCU_STALL_DELAY_DELTA macro allows five extra seconds before | ||
46 | giving an RCU CPU stall warning message. | ||
23 | 47 | ||
24 | RCU_STALL_RAT_DELAY | 48 | RCU_STALL_RAT_DELAY |
25 | 49 | ||
@@ -64,6 +88,54 @@ INFO: rcu_bh_state detected stalls on CPUs/tasks: { } (detected by 4, 2502 jiffi | |||
64 | 88 | ||
65 | This is rare, but does happen from time to time in real life. | 89 | This is rare, but does happen from time to time in real life. |
66 | 90 | ||
91 | If the CONFIG_RCU_CPU_STALL_INFO kernel configuration parameter is set, | ||
92 | more information is printed with the stall-warning message, for example: | ||
93 | |||
94 | INFO: rcu_preempt detected stall on CPU | ||
95 | 0: (63959 ticks this GP) idle=241/3fffffffffffffff/0 | ||
96 | (t=65000 jiffies) | ||
97 | |||
98 | In kernels with CONFIG_RCU_FAST_NO_HZ, even more information is | ||
99 | printed: | ||
100 | |||
101 | INFO: rcu_preempt detected stall on CPU | ||
102 | 0: (64628 ticks this GP) idle=dd5/3fffffffffffffff/0 drain=0 . timer=-1 | ||
103 | (t=65000 jiffies) | ||
104 | |||
105 | The "(64628 ticks this GP)" indicates that this CPU has taken more | ||
106 | than 64,000 scheduling-clock interrupts during the current stalled | ||
107 | grace period. If the CPU was not yet aware of the current grace | ||
108 | period (for example, if it was offline), then this part of the message | ||
109 | indicates how many grace periods behind the CPU is. | ||
110 | |||
111 | The "idle=" portion of the message prints the dyntick-idle state. | ||
112 | The hex number before the first "/" is the low-order 12 bits of the | ||
113 | dynticks counter, which will have an even-numbered value if the CPU is | ||
114 | in dyntick-idle mode and an odd-numbered value otherwise. The hex | ||
115 | number between the two "/"s is the value of the nesting, which will | ||
116 | be a small positive number if in the idle loop and a very large positive | ||
117 | number (as shown above) otherwise. | ||
118 | |||
119 | For CONFIG_RCU_FAST_NO_HZ kernels, the "drain=0" indicates that the | ||
120 | CPU is not in the process of trying to force itself into dyntick-idle | ||
121 | state, the "." indicates that the CPU has not given up forcing RCU | ||
122 | into dyntick-idle mode (it would be "H" otherwise), and the "timer=-1" | ||
123 | indicates that the CPU has not recented forced RCU into dyntick-idle | ||
124 | mode (it would otherwise indicate the number of microseconds remaining | ||
125 | in this forced state). | ||
126 | |||
127 | |||
128 | Multiple Warnings From One Stall | ||
129 | |||
130 | If a stall lasts long enough, multiple stall-warning messages will be | ||
131 | printed for it. The second and subsequent messages are printed at | ||
132 | longer intervals, so that the time between (say) the first and second | ||
133 | message will be about three times the interval between the beginning | ||
134 | of the stall and the first message. | ||
135 | |||
136 | |||
137 | What Causes RCU CPU Stall Warnings? | ||
138 | |||
67 | So your kernel printed an RCU CPU stall warning. The next question is | 139 | So your kernel printed an RCU CPU stall warning. The next question is |
68 | "What caused it?" The following problems can result in RCU CPU stall | 140 | "What caused it?" The following problems can result in RCU CPU stall |
69 | warnings: | 141 | warnings: |
@@ -128,4 +200,5 @@ is occurring, which will usually be in the function nearest the top of | |||
128 | that portion of the stack which remains the same from trace to trace. | 200 | that portion of the stack which remains the same from trace to trace. |
129 | If you can reliably trigger the stall, ftrace can be quite helpful. | 201 | If you can reliably trigger the stall, ftrace can be quite helpful. |
130 | 202 | ||
131 | RCU bugs can often be debugged with the help of CONFIG_RCU_TRACE. | 203 | RCU bugs can often be debugged with the help of CONFIG_RCU_TRACE |
204 | and with RCU's event tracing. | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/torture.txt b/Documentation/RCU/torture.txt index d67068d0d2b9..375d3fb71437 100644 --- a/Documentation/RCU/torture.txt +++ b/Documentation/RCU/torture.txt | |||
@@ -69,6 +69,13 @@ onoff_interval | |||
69 | CPU-hotplug operations regardless of what value is | 69 | CPU-hotplug operations regardless of what value is |
70 | specified for onoff_interval. | 70 | specified for onoff_interval. |
71 | 71 | ||
72 | onoff_holdoff The number of seconds to wait until starting CPU-hotplug | ||
73 | operations. This would normally only be used when | ||
74 | rcutorture was built into the kernel and started | ||
75 | automatically at boot time, in which case it is useful | ||
76 | in order to avoid confusing boot-time code with CPUs | ||
77 | coming and going. | ||
78 | |||
72 | shuffle_interval | 79 | shuffle_interval |
73 | The number of seconds to keep the test threads affinitied | 80 | The number of seconds to keep the test threads affinitied |
74 | to a particular subset of the CPUs, defaults to 3 seconds. | 81 | to a particular subset of the CPUs, defaults to 3 seconds. |
@@ -79,6 +86,24 @@ shutdown_secs The number of seconds to run the test before terminating | |||
79 | zero, which disables test termination and system shutdown. | 86 | zero, which disables test termination and system shutdown. |
80 | This capability is useful for automated testing. | 87 | This capability is useful for automated testing. |
81 | 88 | ||
89 | stall_cpu The number of seconds that a CPU should be stalled while | ||
90 | within both an rcu_read_lock() and a preempt_disable(). | ||
91 | This stall happens only once per rcutorture run. | ||
92 | If you need multiple stalls, use modprobe and rmmod to | ||
93 | repeatedly run rcutorture. The default for stall_cpu | ||
94 | is zero, which prevents rcutorture from stalling a CPU. | ||
95 | |||
96 | Note that attempts to rmmod rcutorture while the stall | ||
97 | is ongoing will hang, so be careful what value you | ||
98 | choose for this module parameter! In addition, too-large | ||
99 | values for stall_cpu might well induce failures and | ||
100 | warnings in other parts of the kernel. You have been | ||
101 | warned! | ||
102 | |||
103 | stall_cpu_holdoff | ||
104 | The number of seconds to wait after rcutorture starts | ||
105 | before stalling a CPU. Defaults to 10 seconds. | ||
106 | |||
82 | stat_interval The number of seconds between output of torture | 107 | stat_interval The number of seconds between output of torture |
83 | statistics (via printk()). Regardless of the interval, | 108 | statistics (via printk()). Regardless of the interval, |
84 | statistics are printed when the module is unloaded. | 109 | statistics are printed when the module is unloaded. |
@@ -271,11 +296,13 @@ The following script may be used to torture RCU: | |||
271 | #!/bin/sh | 296 | #!/bin/sh |
272 | 297 | ||
273 | modprobe rcutorture | 298 | modprobe rcutorture |
274 | sleep 100 | 299 | sleep 3600 |
275 | rmmod rcutorture | 300 | rmmod rcutorture |
276 | dmesg | grep torture: | 301 | dmesg | grep torture: |
277 | 302 | ||
278 | The output can be manually inspected for the error flag of "!!!". | 303 | The output can be manually inspected for the error flag of "!!!". |
279 | One could of course create a more elaborate script that automatically | 304 | One could of course create a more elaborate script that automatically |
280 | checked for such errors. The "rmmod" command forces a "SUCCESS" or | 305 | checked for such errors. The "rmmod" command forces a "SUCCESS", |
281 | "FAILURE" indication to be printk()ed. | 306 | "FAILURE", or "RCU_HOTPLUG" indication to be printk()ed. The first |
307 | two are self-explanatory, while the last indicates that while there | ||
308 | were no RCU failures, CPU-hotplug problems were detected. | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/trace.txt b/Documentation/RCU/trace.txt index 49587abfc2f7..f6f15ce39903 100644 --- a/Documentation/RCU/trace.txt +++ b/Documentation/RCU/trace.txt | |||
@@ -33,23 +33,23 @@ rcu/rcuboost: | |||
33 | The output of "cat rcu/rcudata" looks as follows: | 33 | The output of "cat rcu/rcudata" looks as follows: |
34 | 34 | ||
35 | rcu_sched: | 35 | rcu_sched: |
36 | 0 c=20972 g=20973 pq=1 pgp=20973 qp=0 dt=545/1/0 df=50 of=0 ri=0 ql=163 qs=NRW. kt=0/W/0 ktl=ebc3 b=10 ci=153737 co=0 ca=0 | 36 | 0 c=20972 g=20973 pq=1 pgp=20973 qp=0 dt=545/1/0 df=50 of=0 ql=163 qs=NRW. kt=0/W/0 ktl=ebc3 b=10 ci=153737 co=0 ca=0 |
37 | 1 c=20972 g=20973 pq=1 pgp=20973 qp=0 dt=967/1/0 df=58 of=0 ri=0 ql=634 qs=NRW. kt=0/W/1 ktl=58c b=10 ci=191037 co=0 ca=0 | 37 | 1 c=20972 g=20973 pq=1 pgp=20973 qp=0 dt=967/1/0 df=58 of=0 ql=634 qs=NRW. kt=0/W/1 ktl=58c b=10 ci=191037 co=0 ca=0 |
38 | 2 c=20972 g=20973 pq=1 pgp=20973 qp=0 dt=1081/1/0 df=175 of=0 ri=0 ql=74 qs=N.W. kt=0/W/2 ktl=da94 b=10 ci=75991 co=0 ca=0 | 38 | 2 c=20972 g=20973 pq=1 pgp=20973 qp=0 dt=1081/1/0 df=175 of=0 ql=74 qs=N.W. kt=0/W/2 ktl=da94 b=10 ci=75991 co=0 ca=0 |
39 | 3 c=20942 g=20943 pq=1 pgp=20942 qp=1 dt=1846/0/0 df=404 of=0 ri=0 ql=0 qs=.... kt=0/W/3 ktl=d1cd b=10 ci=72261 co=0 ca=0 | 39 | 3 c=20942 g=20943 pq=1 pgp=20942 qp=1 dt=1846/0/0 df=404 of=0 ql=0 qs=.... kt=0/W/3 ktl=d1cd b=10 ci=72261 co=0 ca=0 |
40 | 4 c=20972 g=20973 pq=1 pgp=20973 qp=0 dt=369/1/0 df=83 of=0 ri=0 ql=48 qs=N.W. kt=0/W/4 ktl=e0e7 b=10 ci=128365 co=0 ca=0 | 40 | 4 c=20972 g=20973 pq=1 pgp=20973 qp=0 dt=369/1/0 df=83 of=0 ql=48 qs=N.W. kt=0/W/4 ktl=e0e7 b=10 ci=128365 co=0 ca=0 |
41 | 5 c=20972 g=20973 pq=1 pgp=20973 qp=0 dt=381/1/0 df=64 of=0 ri=0 ql=169 qs=NRW. kt=0/W/5 ktl=fb2f b=10 ci=164360 co=0 ca=0 | 41 | 5 c=20972 g=20973 pq=1 pgp=20973 qp=0 dt=381/1/0 df=64 of=0 ql=169 qs=NRW. kt=0/W/5 ktl=fb2f b=10 ci=164360 co=0 ca=0 |
42 | 6 c=20972 g=20973 pq=1 pgp=20973 qp=0 dt=1037/1/0 df=183 of=0 ri=0 ql=62 qs=N.W. kt=0/W/6 ktl=d2ad b=10 ci=65663 co=0 ca=0 | 42 | 6 c=20972 g=20973 pq=1 pgp=20973 qp=0 dt=1037/1/0 df=183 of=0 ql=62 qs=N.W. kt=0/W/6 ktl=d2ad b=10 ci=65663 co=0 ca=0 |
43 | 7 c=20897 g=20897 pq=1 pgp=20896 qp=0 dt=1572/0/0 df=382 of=0 ri=0 ql=0 qs=.... kt=0/W/7 ktl=cf15 b=10 ci=75006 co=0 ca=0 | 43 | 7 c=20897 g=20897 pq=1 pgp=20896 qp=0 dt=1572/0/0 df=382 of=0 ql=0 qs=.... kt=0/W/7 ktl=cf15 b=10 ci=75006 co=0 ca=0 |
44 | rcu_bh: | 44 | rcu_bh: |
45 | 0 c=1480 g=1480 pq=1 pgp=1480 qp=0 dt=545/1/0 df=6 of=0 ri=1 ql=0 qs=.... kt=0/W/0 ktl=ebc3 b=10 ci=0 co=0 ca=0 | 45 | 0 c=1480 g=1480 pq=1 pgp=1480 qp=0 dt=545/1/0 df=6 of=0 ql=0 qs=.... kt=0/W/0 ktl=ebc3 b=10 ci=0 co=0 ca=0 |
46 | 1 c=1480 g=1480 pq=1 pgp=1480 qp=0 dt=967/1/0 df=3 of=0 ri=1 ql=0 qs=.... kt=0/W/1 ktl=58c b=10 ci=151 co=0 ca=0 | 46 | 1 c=1480 g=1480 pq=1 pgp=1480 qp=0 dt=967/1/0 df=3 of=0 ql=0 qs=.... kt=0/W/1 ktl=58c b=10 ci=151 co=0 ca=0 |
47 | 2 c=1480 g=1480 pq=1 pgp=1480 qp=0 dt=1081/1/0 df=6 of=0 ri=1 ql=0 qs=.... kt=0/W/2 ktl=da94 b=10 ci=0 co=0 ca=0 | 47 | 2 c=1480 g=1480 pq=1 pgp=1480 qp=0 dt=1081/1/0 df=6 of=0 ql=0 qs=.... kt=0/W/2 ktl=da94 b=10 ci=0 co=0 ca=0 |
48 | 3 c=1480 g=1480 pq=1 pgp=1480 qp=0 dt=1846/0/0 df=8 of=0 ri=1 ql=0 qs=.... kt=0/W/3 ktl=d1cd b=10 ci=0 co=0 ca=0 | 48 | 3 c=1480 g=1480 pq=1 pgp=1480 qp=0 dt=1846/0/0 df=8 of=0 ql=0 qs=.... kt=0/W/3 ktl=d1cd b=10 ci=0 co=0 ca=0 |
49 | 4 c=1480 g=1480 pq=1 pgp=1480 qp=0 dt=369/1/0 df=6 of=0 ri=1 ql=0 qs=.... kt=0/W/4 ktl=e0e7 b=10 ci=0 co=0 ca=0 | 49 | 4 c=1480 g=1480 pq=1 pgp=1480 qp=0 dt=369/1/0 df=6 of=0 ql=0 qs=.... kt=0/W/4 ktl=e0e7 b=10 ci=0 co=0 ca=0 |
50 | 5 c=1480 g=1480 pq=1 pgp=1480 qp=0 dt=381/1/0 df=4 of=0 ri=1 ql=0 qs=.... kt=0/W/5 ktl=fb2f b=10 ci=0 co=0 ca=0 | 50 | 5 c=1480 g=1480 pq=1 pgp=1480 qp=0 dt=381/1/0 df=4 of=0 ql=0 qs=.... kt=0/W/5 ktl=fb2f b=10 ci=0 co=0 ca=0 |
51 | 6 c=1480 g=1480 pq=1 pgp=1480 qp=0 dt=1037/1/0 df=6 of=0 ri=1 ql=0 qs=.... kt=0/W/6 ktl=d2ad b=10 ci=0 co=0 ca=0 | 51 | 6 c=1480 g=1480 pq=1 pgp=1480 qp=0 dt=1037/1/0 df=6 of=0 ql=0 qs=.... kt=0/W/6 ktl=d2ad b=10 ci=0 co=0 ca=0 |
52 | 7 c=1474 g=1474 pq=1 pgp=1473 qp=0 dt=1572/0/0 df=8 of=0 ri=1 ql=0 qs=.... kt=0/W/7 ktl=cf15 b=10 ci=0 co=0 ca=0 | 52 | 7 c=1474 g=1474 pq=1 pgp=1473 qp=0 dt=1572/0/0 df=8 of=0 ql=0 qs=.... kt=0/W/7 ktl=cf15 b=10 ci=0 co=0 ca=0 |
53 | 53 | ||
54 | The first section lists the rcu_data structures for rcu_sched, the second | 54 | The first section lists the rcu_data structures for rcu_sched, the second |
55 | for rcu_bh. Note that CONFIG_TREE_PREEMPT_RCU kernels will have an | 55 | for rcu_bh. Note that CONFIG_TREE_PREEMPT_RCU kernels will have an |
@@ -119,10 +119,6 @@ o "of" is the number of times that some other CPU has forced a | |||
119 | CPU is offline when it is really alive and kicking) is a fatal | 119 | CPU is offline when it is really alive and kicking) is a fatal |
120 | error, so it makes sense to err conservatively. | 120 | error, so it makes sense to err conservatively. |
121 | 121 | ||
122 | o "ri" is the number of times that RCU has seen fit to send a | ||
123 | reschedule IPI to this CPU in order to get it to report a | ||
124 | quiescent state. | ||
125 | |||
126 | o "ql" is the number of RCU callbacks currently residing on | 122 | o "ql" is the number of RCU callbacks currently residing on |
127 | this CPU. This is the total number of callbacks, regardless | 123 | this CPU. This is the total number of callbacks, regardless |
128 | of what state they are in (new, waiting for grace period to | 124 | of what state they are in (new, waiting for grace period to |
diff --git a/Documentation/arm/kernel_user_helpers.txt b/Documentation/arm/kernel_user_helpers.txt index a17df9f91d16..5673594717cf 100644 --- a/Documentation/arm/kernel_user_helpers.txt +++ b/Documentation/arm/kernel_user_helpers.txt | |||
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ inline (either in the code emitted directly by the compiler, or part of | |||
25 | the implementation of a library call) when optimizing for a recent enough | 25 | the implementation of a library call) when optimizing for a recent enough |
26 | processor that has the necessary native support, but only if resulting | 26 | processor that has the necessary native support, but only if resulting |
27 | binaries are already to be incompatible with earlier ARM processors due to | 27 | binaries are already to be incompatible with earlier ARM processors due to |
28 | useage of similar native instructions for other things. In other words | 28 | usage of similar native instructions for other things. In other words |
29 | don't make binaries unable to run on earlier processors just for the sake | 29 | don't make binaries unable to run on earlier processors just for the sake |
30 | of not using these kernel helpers if your compiled code is not going to | 30 | of not using these kernel helpers if your compiled code is not going to |
31 | use new instructions for other purpose. | 31 | use new instructions for other purpose. |
diff --git a/Documentation/cgroups/blkio-controller.txt b/Documentation/cgroups/blkio-controller.txt index 84f0a15fc210..b4b1fb3a83f0 100644 --- a/Documentation/cgroups/blkio-controller.txt +++ b/Documentation/cgroups/blkio-controller.txt | |||
@@ -94,11 +94,11 @@ Throttling/Upper Limit policy | |||
94 | 94 | ||
95 | Hierarchical Cgroups | 95 | Hierarchical Cgroups |
96 | ==================== | 96 | ==================== |
97 | - Currently none of the IO control policy supports hierarhical groups. But | 97 | - Currently none of the IO control policy supports hierarchical groups. But |
98 | cgroup interface does allow creation of hierarhical cgroups and internally | 98 | cgroup interface does allow creation of hierarchical cgroups and internally |
99 | IO policies treat them as flat hierarchy. | 99 | IO policies treat them as flat hierarchy. |
100 | 100 | ||
101 | So this patch will allow creation of cgroup hierarhcy but at the backend | 101 | So this patch will allow creation of cgroup hierarchcy but at the backend |
102 | everything will be treated as flat. So if somebody created a hierarchy like | 102 | everything will be treated as flat. So if somebody created a hierarchy like |
103 | as follows. | 103 | as follows. |
104 | 104 | ||
@@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ Proportional weight policy files | |||
266 | - blkio.idle_time | 266 | - blkio.idle_time |
267 | - Debugging aid only enabled if CONFIG_DEBUG_BLK_CGROUP=y. | 267 | - Debugging aid only enabled if CONFIG_DEBUG_BLK_CGROUP=y. |
268 | This is the amount of time spent by the IO scheduler idling for a | 268 | This is the amount of time spent by the IO scheduler idling for a |
269 | given cgroup in anticipation of a better request than the exising ones | 269 | given cgroup in anticipation of a better request than the existing ones |
270 | from other queues/cgroups. This is in nanoseconds. If this is read | 270 | from other queues/cgroups. This is in nanoseconds. If this is read |
271 | when the cgroup is in an idling state, the stat will only report the | 271 | when the cgroup is in an idling state, the stat will only report the |
272 | idle_time accumulated till the last idle period and will not include | 272 | idle_time accumulated till the last idle period and will not include |
@@ -283,34 +283,34 @@ Throttling/Upper limit policy files | |||
283 | ----------------------------------- | 283 | ----------------------------------- |
284 | - blkio.throttle.read_bps_device | 284 | - blkio.throttle.read_bps_device |
285 | - Specifies upper limit on READ rate from the device. IO rate is | 285 | - Specifies upper limit on READ rate from the device. IO rate is |
286 | specified in bytes per second. Rules are per deivce. Following is | 286 | specified in bytes per second. Rules are per device. Following is |
287 | the format. | 287 | the format. |
288 | 288 | ||
289 | echo "<major>:<minor> <rate_bytes_per_second>" > /cgrp/blkio.throttle.read_bps_device | 289 | echo "<major>:<minor> <rate_bytes_per_second>" > /cgrp/blkio.throttle.read_bps_device |
290 | 290 | ||
291 | - blkio.throttle.write_bps_device | 291 | - blkio.throttle.write_bps_device |
292 | - Specifies upper limit on WRITE rate to the device. IO rate is | 292 | - Specifies upper limit on WRITE rate to the device. IO rate is |
293 | specified in bytes per second. Rules are per deivce. Following is | 293 | specified in bytes per second. Rules are per device. Following is |
294 | the format. | 294 | the format. |
295 | 295 | ||
296 | echo "<major>:<minor> <rate_bytes_per_second>" > /cgrp/blkio.throttle.write_bps_device | 296 | echo "<major>:<minor> <rate_bytes_per_second>" > /cgrp/blkio.throttle.write_bps_device |
297 | 297 | ||
298 | - blkio.throttle.read_iops_device | 298 | - blkio.throttle.read_iops_device |
299 | - Specifies upper limit on READ rate from the device. IO rate is | 299 | - Specifies upper limit on READ rate from the device. IO rate is |
300 | specified in IO per second. Rules are per deivce. Following is | 300 | specified in IO per second. Rules are per device. Following is |
301 | the format. | 301 | the format. |
302 | 302 | ||
303 | echo "<major>:<minor> <rate_io_per_second>" > /cgrp/blkio.throttle.read_iops_device | 303 | echo "<major>:<minor> <rate_io_per_second>" > /cgrp/blkio.throttle.read_iops_device |
304 | 304 | ||
305 | - blkio.throttle.write_iops_device | 305 | - blkio.throttle.write_iops_device |
306 | - Specifies upper limit on WRITE rate to the device. IO rate is | 306 | - Specifies upper limit on WRITE rate to the device. IO rate is |
307 | specified in io per second. Rules are per deivce. Following is | 307 | specified in io per second. Rules are per device. Following is |
308 | the format. | 308 | the format. |
309 | 309 | ||
310 | echo "<major>:<minor> <rate_io_per_second>" > /cgrp/blkio.throttle.write_iops_device | 310 | echo "<major>:<minor> <rate_io_per_second>" > /cgrp/blkio.throttle.write_iops_device |
311 | 311 | ||
312 | Note: If both BW and IOPS rules are specified for a device, then IO is | 312 | Note: If both BW and IOPS rules are specified for a device, then IO is |
313 | subjectd to both the constraints. | 313 | subjected to both the constraints. |
314 | 314 | ||
315 | - blkio.throttle.io_serviced | 315 | - blkio.throttle.io_serviced |
316 | - Number of IOs (bio) completed to/from the disk by the group (as | 316 | - Number of IOs (bio) completed to/from the disk by the group (as |
diff --git a/Documentation/cgroups/cgroups.txt b/Documentation/cgroups/cgroups.txt index a7c96ae5557c..8e74980ab385 100644 --- a/Documentation/cgroups/cgroups.txt +++ b/Documentation/cgroups/cgroups.txt | |||
@@ -558,8 +558,7 @@ Each subsystem may export the following methods. The only mandatory | |||
558 | methods are create/destroy. Any others that are null are presumed to | 558 | methods are create/destroy. Any others that are null are presumed to |
559 | be successful no-ops. | 559 | be successful no-ops. |
560 | 560 | ||
561 | struct cgroup_subsys_state *create(struct cgroup_subsys *ss, | 561 | struct cgroup_subsys_state *create(struct cgroup *cgrp) |
562 | struct cgroup *cgrp) | ||
563 | (cgroup_mutex held by caller) | 562 | (cgroup_mutex held by caller) |
564 | 563 | ||
565 | Called to create a subsystem state object for a cgroup. The | 564 | Called to create a subsystem state object for a cgroup. The |
@@ -574,7 +573,7 @@ identified by the passed cgroup object having a NULL parent (since | |||
574 | it's the root of the hierarchy) and may be an appropriate place for | 573 | it's the root of the hierarchy) and may be an appropriate place for |
575 | initialization code. | 574 | initialization code. |
576 | 575 | ||
577 | void destroy(struct cgroup_subsys *ss, struct cgroup *cgrp) | 576 | void destroy(struct cgroup *cgrp) |
578 | (cgroup_mutex held by caller) | 577 | (cgroup_mutex held by caller) |
579 | 578 | ||
580 | The cgroup system is about to destroy the passed cgroup; the subsystem | 579 | The cgroup system is about to destroy the passed cgroup; the subsystem |
@@ -585,7 +584,7 @@ cgroup->parent is still valid. (Note - can also be called for a | |||
585 | newly-created cgroup if an error occurs after this subsystem's | 584 | newly-created cgroup if an error occurs after this subsystem's |
586 | create() method has been called for the new cgroup). | 585 | create() method has been called for the new cgroup). |
587 | 586 | ||
588 | int pre_destroy(struct cgroup_subsys *ss, struct cgroup *cgrp); | 587 | int pre_destroy(struct cgroup *cgrp); |
589 | 588 | ||
590 | Called before checking the reference count on each subsystem. This may | 589 | Called before checking the reference count on each subsystem. This may |
591 | be useful for subsystems which have some extra references even if | 590 | be useful for subsystems which have some extra references even if |
@@ -593,8 +592,7 @@ there are not tasks in the cgroup. If pre_destroy() returns error code, | |||
593 | rmdir() will fail with it. From this behavior, pre_destroy() can be | 592 | rmdir() will fail with it. From this behavior, pre_destroy() can be |
594 | called multiple times against a cgroup. | 593 | called multiple times against a cgroup. |
595 | 594 | ||
596 | int can_attach(struct cgroup_subsys *ss, struct cgroup *cgrp, | 595 | int can_attach(struct cgroup *cgrp, struct cgroup_taskset *tset) |
597 | struct cgroup_taskset *tset) | ||
598 | (cgroup_mutex held by caller) | 596 | (cgroup_mutex held by caller) |
599 | 597 | ||
600 | Called prior to moving one or more tasks into a cgroup; if the | 598 | Called prior to moving one or more tasks into a cgroup; if the |
@@ -615,8 +613,7 @@ fork. If this method returns 0 (success) then this should remain valid | |||
615 | while the caller holds cgroup_mutex and it is ensured that either | 613 | while the caller holds cgroup_mutex and it is ensured that either |
616 | attach() or cancel_attach() will be called in future. | 614 | attach() or cancel_attach() will be called in future. |
617 | 615 | ||
618 | void cancel_attach(struct cgroup_subsys *ss, struct cgroup *cgrp, | 616 | void cancel_attach(struct cgroup *cgrp, struct cgroup_taskset *tset) |
619 | struct cgroup_taskset *tset) | ||
620 | (cgroup_mutex held by caller) | 617 | (cgroup_mutex held by caller) |
621 | 618 | ||
622 | Called when a task attach operation has failed after can_attach() has succeeded. | 619 | Called when a task attach operation has failed after can_attach() has succeeded. |
@@ -625,23 +622,22 @@ function, so that the subsystem can implement a rollback. If not, not necessary. | |||
625 | This will be called only about subsystems whose can_attach() operation have | 622 | This will be called only about subsystems whose can_attach() operation have |
626 | succeeded. The parameters are identical to can_attach(). | 623 | succeeded. The parameters are identical to can_attach(). |
627 | 624 | ||
628 | void attach(struct cgroup_subsys *ss, struct cgroup *cgrp, | 625 | void attach(struct cgroup *cgrp, struct cgroup_taskset *tset) |
629 | struct cgroup_taskset *tset) | ||
630 | (cgroup_mutex held by caller) | 626 | (cgroup_mutex held by caller) |
631 | 627 | ||
632 | Called after the task has been attached to the cgroup, to allow any | 628 | Called after the task has been attached to the cgroup, to allow any |
633 | post-attachment activity that requires memory allocations or blocking. | 629 | post-attachment activity that requires memory allocations or blocking. |
634 | The parameters are identical to can_attach(). | 630 | The parameters are identical to can_attach(). |
635 | 631 | ||
636 | void fork(struct cgroup_subsy *ss, struct task_struct *task) | 632 | void fork(struct task_struct *task) |
637 | 633 | ||
638 | Called when a task is forked into a cgroup. | 634 | Called when a task is forked into a cgroup. |
639 | 635 | ||
640 | void exit(struct cgroup_subsys *ss, struct task_struct *task) | 636 | void exit(struct task_struct *task) |
641 | 637 | ||
642 | Called during task exit. | 638 | Called during task exit. |
643 | 639 | ||
644 | int populate(struct cgroup_subsys *ss, struct cgroup *cgrp) | 640 | int populate(struct cgroup *cgrp) |
645 | (cgroup_mutex held by caller) | 641 | (cgroup_mutex held by caller) |
646 | 642 | ||
647 | Called after creation of a cgroup to allow a subsystem to populate | 643 | Called after creation of a cgroup to allow a subsystem to populate |
@@ -651,7 +647,7 @@ include/linux/cgroup.h for details). Note that although this | |||
651 | method can return an error code, the error code is currently not | 647 | method can return an error code, the error code is currently not |
652 | always handled well. | 648 | always handled well. |
653 | 649 | ||
654 | void post_clone(struct cgroup_subsys *ss, struct cgroup *cgrp) | 650 | void post_clone(struct cgroup *cgrp) |
655 | (cgroup_mutex held by caller) | 651 | (cgroup_mutex held by caller) |
656 | 652 | ||
657 | Called during cgroup_create() to do any parameter | 653 | Called during cgroup_create() to do any parameter |
@@ -659,7 +655,7 @@ initialization which might be required before a task could attach. For | |||
659 | example in cpusets, no task may attach before 'cpus' and 'mems' are set | 655 | example in cpusets, no task may attach before 'cpus' and 'mems' are set |
660 | up. | 656 | up. |
661 | 657 | ||
662 | void bind(struct cgroup_subsys *ss, struct cgroup *root) | 658 | void bind(struct cgroup *root) |
663 | (cgroup_mutex and ss->hierarchy_mutex held by caller) | 659 | (cgroup_mutex and ss->hierarchy_mutex held by caller) |
664 | 660 | ||
665 | Called when a cgroup subsystem is rebound to a different hierarchy | 661 | Called when a cgroup subsystem is rebound to a different hierarchy |
diff --git a/Documentation/device-mapper/dm-raid.txt b/Documentation/device-mapper/dm-raid.txt index 2a8c11331d2d..946c73342cde 100644 --- a/Documentation/device-mapper/dm-raid.txt +++ b/Documentation/device-mapper/dm-raid.txt | |||
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ The target is named "raid" and it accepts the following parameters: | |||
28 | raid6_nc RAID6 N continue | 28 | raid6_nc RAID6 N continue |
29 | - rotating parity N (right-to-left) with data continuation | 29 | - rotating parity N (right-to-left) with data continuation |
30 | 30 | ||
31 | Refererence: Chapter 4 of | 31 | Reference: Chapter 4 of |
32 | http://www.snia.org/sites/default/files/SNIA_DDF_Technical_Position_v2.0.pdf | 32 | http://www.snia.org/sites/default/files/SNIA_DDF_Technical_Position_v2.0.pdf |
33 | 33 | ||
34 | <#raid_params>: The number of parameters that follow. | 34 | <#raid_params>: The number of parameters that follow. |
diff --git a/Documentation/device-mapper/persistent-data.txt b/Documentation/device-mapper/persistent-data.txt index 0e5df9b04ad2..a333bcb3a6c2 100644 --- a/Documentation/device-mapper/persistent-data.txt +++ b/Documentation/device-mapper/persistent-data.txt | |||
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Introduction | |||
3 | 3 | ||
4 | The more-sophisticated device-mapper targets require complex metadata | 4 | The more-sophisticated device-mapper targets require complex metadata |
5 | that is managed in kernel. In late 2010 we were seeing that various | 5 | that is managed in kernel. In late 2010 we were seeing that various |
6 | different targets were rolling their own data strutures, for example: | 6 | different targets were rolling their own data structures, for example: |
7 | 7 | ||
8 | - Mikulas Patocka's multisnap implementation | 8 | - Mikulas Patocka's multisnap implementation |
9 | - Heinz Mauelshagen's thin provisioning target | 9 | - Heinz Mauelshagen's thin provisioning target |
diff --git a/Documentation/device-mapper/thin-provisioning.txt b/Documentation/device-mapper/thin-provisioning.txt index 801d9d1cf82b..1ff044d87ca4 100644 --- a/Documentation/device-mapper/thin-provisioning.txt +++ b/Documentation/device-mapper/thin-provisioning.txt | |||
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ | |||
1 | Introduction | 1 | Introduction |
2 | ============ | 2 | ============ |
3 | 3 | ||
4 | This document descibes a collection of device-mapper targets that | 4 | This document describes a collection of device-mapper targets that |
5 | between them implement thin-provisioning and snapshots. | 5 | between them implement thin-provisioning and snapshots. |
6 | 6 | ||
7 | The main highlight of this implementation, compared to the previous | 7 | The main highlight of this implementation, compared to the previous |
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/exynos/power_domain.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/exynos/power_domain.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..6528e215c5fe --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/exynos/power_domain.txt | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ | |||
1 | * Samsung Exynos Power Domains | ||
2 | |||
3 | Exynos processors include support for multiple power domains which are used | ||
4 | to gate power to one or more peripherals on the processor. | ||
5 | |||
6 | Required Properties: | ||
7 | - compatiable: should be one of the following. | ||
8 | * samsung,exynos4210-pd - for exynos4210 type power domain. | ||
9 | - reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped | ||
10 | region. | ||
11 | |||
12 | Optional Properties: | ||
13 | - samsung,exynos4210-pd-off: Specifies that the power domain is in turned-off | ||
14 | state during boot and remains to be turned-off until explicitly turned-on. | ||
15 | |||
16 | Example: | ||
17 | |||
18 | lcd0: power-domain-lcd0 { | ||
19 | compatible = "samsung,exynos4210-pd"; | ||
20 | reg = <0x10023C00 0x10>; | ||
21 | }; | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/omap.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/omap.txt index dbdab40ed3a6..e78e8bccac30 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/omap.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/omap.txt | |||
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ IPs present in the SoC. | |||
5 | On top of that an omap_device is created to extend the platform_device | 5 | On top of that an omap_device is created to extend the platform_device |
6 | capabilities and to allow binding with one or several hwmods. | 6 | capabilities and to allow binding with one or several hwmods. |
7 | The hwmods will contain all the information to build the device: | 7 | The hwmods will contain all the information to build the device: |
8 | adresse range, irq lines, dma lines, interconnect, PRCM register, | 8 | address range, irq lines, dma lines, interconnect, PRCM register, |
9 | clock domain, input clocks. | 9 | clock domain, input clocks. |
10 | For the moment just point to the existing hwmod, the next step will be | 10 | For the moment just point to the existing hwmod, the next step will be |
11 | to move data from hwmod to device-tree representation. | 11 | to move data from hwmod to device-tree representation. |
@@ -41,3 +41,9 @@ Boards: | |||
41 | 41 | ||
42 | - OMAP4 PandaBoard : Low cost community board | 42 | - OMAP4 PandaBoard : Low cost community board |
43 | compatible = "ti,omap4-panda", "ti,omap4430" | 43 | compatible = "ti,omap4-panda", "ti,omap4430" |
44 | |||
45 | - OMAP3 EVM : Software Developement Board for OMAP35x, AM/DM37x | ||
46 | compatible = "ti,omap3-evm", "ti,omap3" | ||
47 | |||
48 | - AM335X EVM : Software Developement Board for AM335x | ||
49 | compatible = "ti,am335x-evm", "ti,am33xx", "ti,omap3" | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sirf.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sirf.txt index 6b07f65b32de..1881e1c6dda5 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sirf.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sirf.txt | |||
@@ -1,3 +1,3 @@ | |||
1 | prima2 "cb" evalutation board | 1 | prima2 "cb" evaluation board |
2 | Required root node properties: | 2 | Required root node properties: |
3 | - compatible = "sirf,prima2-cb", "sirf,prima2"; | 3 | - compatible = "sirf,prima2-cb", "sirf,prima2"; |
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/led.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/led.txt index 141087cf3107..fd2bd56e7195 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/led.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/led.txt | |||
@@ -7,9 +7,9 @@ Each LED is represented as a sub-node of the gpio-leds device. Each | |||
7 | node's name represents the name of the corresponding LED. | 7 | node's name represents the name of the corresponding LED. |
8 | 8 | ||
9 | LED sub-node properties: | 9 | LED sub-node properties: |
10 | - gpios : Should specify the LED's GPIO, see "Specifying GPIO information | 10 | - gpios : Should specify the LED's GPIO, see "gpios property" in |
11 | for devices" in Documentation/devicetree/booting-without-of.txt. Active | 11 | Documentation/devicetree/gpio.txt. Active low LEDs should be |
12 | low LEDs should be indicated using flags in the GPIO specifier. | 12 | indicated using flags in the GPIO specifier. |
13 | - label : (optional) The label for this LED. If omitted, the label is | 13 | - label : (optional) The label for this LED. If omitted, the label is |
14 | taken from the node name (excluding the unit address). | 14 | taken from the node name (excluding the unit address). |
15 | - linux,default-trigger : (optional) This parameter, if present, is a | 15 | - linux,default-trigger : (optional) This parameter, if present, is a |
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/stmmac.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/stmmac.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..1f62623f8c3f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/stmmac.txt | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ | |||
1 | * STMicroelectronics 10/100/1000 Ethernet driver (GMAC) | ||
2 | |||
3 | Required properties: | ||
4 | - compatible: Should be "st,spear600-gmac" | ||
5 | - reg: Address and length of the register set for the device | ||
6 | - interrupt-parent: Should be the phandle for the interrupt controller | ||
7 | that services interrupts for this device | ||
8 | - interrupts: Should contain the STMMAC interrupts | ||
9 | - interrupt-names: Should contain the interrupt names "macirq" | ||
10 | "eth_wake_irq" if this interrupt is supported in the "interrupts" | ||
11 | property | ||
12 | - phy-mode: String, operation mode of the PHY interface. | ||
13 | Supported values are: "mii", "rmii", "gmii", "rgmii". | ||
14 | |||
15 | Optional properties: | ||
16 | - mac-address: 6 bytes, mac address | ||
17 | |||
18 | Examples: | ||
19 | |||
20 | gmac0: ethernet@e0800000 { | ||
21 | compatible = "st,spear600-gmac"; | ||
22 | reg = <0xe0800000 0x8000>; | ||
23 | interrupt-parent = <&vic1>; | ||
24 | interrupts = <24 23>; | ||
25 | interrupt-names = "macirq", "eth_wake_irq"; | ||
26 | mac-address = [000000000000]; /* Filled in by U-Boot */ | ||
27 | phy-mode = "gmii"; | ||
28 | }; | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/twl-regulator.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/twl-regulator.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..0c3395d55ac1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/twl-regulator.txt | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ | |||
1 | TWL family of regulators | ||
2 | |||
3 | Required properties: | ||
4 | For twl6030 regulators/LDOs | ||
5 | - compatible: | ||
6 | - "ti,twl6030-vaux1" for VAUX1 LDO | ||
7 | - "ti,twl6030-vaux2" for VAUX2 LDO | ||
8 | - "ti,twl6030-vaux3" for VAUX3 LDO | ||
9 | - "ti,twl6030-vmmc" for VMMC LDO | ||
10 | - "ti,twl6030-vpp" for VPP LDO | ||
11 | - "ti,twl6030-vusim" for VUSIM LDO | ||
12 | - "ti,twl6030-vana" for VANA LDO | ||
13 | - "ti,twl6030-vcxio" for VCXIO LDO | ||
14 | - "ti,twl6030-vdac" for VDAC LDO | ||
15 | - "ti,twl6030-vusb" for VUSB LDO | ||
16 | - "ti,twl6030-v1v8" for V1V8 LDO | ||
17 | - "ti,twl6030-v2v1" for V2V1 LDO | ||
18 | - "ti,twl6030-clk32kg" for CLK32KG RESOURCE | ||
19 | - "ti,twl6030-vdd1" for VDD1 SMPS | ||
20 | - "ti,twl6030-vdd2" for VDD2 SMPS | ||
21 | - "ti,twl6030-vdd3" for VDD3 SMPS | ||
22 | For twl6025 regulators/LDOs | ||
23 | - compatible: | ||
24 | - "ti,twl6025-ldo1" for LDO1 LDO | ||
25 | - "ti,twl6025-ldo2" for LDO2 LDO | ||
26 | - "ti,twl6025-ldo3" for LDO3 LDO | ||
27 | - "ti,twl6025-ldo4" for LDO4 LDO | ||
28 | - "ti,twl6025-ldo5" for LDO5 LDO | ||
29 | - "ti,twl6025-ldo6" for LDO6 LDO | ||
30 | - "ti,twl6025-ldo7" for LDO7 LDO | ||
31 | - "ti,twl6025-ldoln" for LDOLN LDO | ||
32 | - "ti,twl6025-ldousb" for LDOUSB LDO | ||
33 | - "ti,twl6025-smps3" for SMPS3 SMPS | ||
34 | - "ti,twl6025-smps4" for SMPS4 SMPS | ||
35 | - "ti,twl6025-vio" for VIO SMPS | ||
36 | For twl4030 regulators/LDOs | ||
37 | - compatible: | ||
38 | - "ti,twl4030-vaux1" for VAUX1 LDO | ||
39 | - "ti,twl4030-vaux2" for VAUX2 LDO | ||
40 | - "ti,twl5030-vaux2" for VAUX2 LDO | ||
41 | - "ti,twl4030-vaux3" for VAUX3 LDO | ||
42 | - "ti,twl4030-vaux4" for VAUX4 LDO | ||
43 | - "ti,twl4030-vmmc1" for VMMC1 LDO | ||
44 | - "ti,twl4030-vmmc2" for VMMC2 LDO | ||
45 | - "ti,twl4030-vpll1" for VPLL1 LDO | ||
46 | - "ti,twl4030-vpll2" for VPLL2 LDO | ||
47 | - "ti,twl4030-vsim" for VSIM LDO | ||
48 | - "ti,twl4030-vdac" for VDAC LDO | ||
49 | - "ti,twl4030-vintana2" for VINTANA2 LDO | ||
50 | - "ti,twl4030-vio" for VIO LDO | ||
51 | - "ti,twl4030-vdd1" for VDD1 SMPS | ||
52 | - "ti,twl4030-vdd2" for VDD2 SMPS | ||
53 | - "ti,twl4030-vintana1" for VINTANA1 LDO | ||
54 | - "ti,twl4030-vintdig" for VINTDIG LDO | ||
55 | - "ti,twl4030-vusb1v5" for VUSB1V5 LDO | ||
56 | - "ti,twl4030-vusb1v8" for VUSB1V8 LDO | ||
57 | - "ti,twl4030-vusb3v1" for VUSB3V1 LDO | ||
58 | |||
59 | Optional properties: | ||
60 | - Any optional property defined in bindings/regulator/regulator.txt | ||
61 | |||
62 | Example: | ||
63 | |||
64 | xyz: regulator@0 { | ||
65 | compatible = "ti,twl6030-vaux1"; | ||
66 | regulator-min-microvolt = <1000000>; | ||
67 | regulator-max-microvolt = <3000000>; | ||
68 | }; | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/omap-spi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/omap-spi.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..81df374adbb9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/omap-spi.txt | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ | |||
1 | OMAP2+ McSPI device | ||
2 | |||
3 | Required properties: | ||
4 | - compatible : | ||
5 | - "ti,omap2-spi" for OMAP2 & OMAP3. | ||
6 | - "ti,omap4-spi" for OMAP4+. | ||
7 | - ti,spi-num-cs : Number of chipselect supported by the instance. | ||
8 | - ti,hwmods: Name of the hwmod associated to the McSPI | ||
9 | |||
10 | |||
11 | Example: | ||
12 | |||
13 | mcspi1: mcspi@1 { | ||
14 | #address-cells = <1>; | ||
15 | #size-cells = <0>; | ||
16 | compatible = "ti,omap4-mcspi"; | ||
17 | ti,hwmods = "mcspi1"; | ||
18 | ti,spi-num-cs = <4>; | ||
19 | }; | ||
20 | |||
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/tty/serial/efm32-uart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/tty/serial/efm32-uart.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..6588b6950a7f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/tty/serial/efm32-uart.txt | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ | |||
1 | * Energymicro efm32 UART | ||
2 | |||
3 | Required properties: | ||
4 | - compatible : Should be "efm32,uart" | ||
5 | - reg : Address and length of the register set | ||
6 | - interrupts : Should contain uart interrupt | ||
7 | |||
8 | Example: | ||
9 | |||
10 | uart@0x4000c400 { | ||
11 | compatible = "efm32,uart"; | ||
12 | reg = <0x4000c400 0x400>; | ||
13 | interrupts = <15>; | ||
14 | }; | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt index ecc6a6cd26c1..a20008ab319a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt | |||
@@ -30,6 +30,7 @@ national National Semiconductor | |||
30 | nintendo Nintendo | 30 | nintendo Nintendo |
31 | nvidia NVIDIA | 31 | nvidia NVIDIA |
32 | nxp NXP Semiconductors | 32 | nxp NXP Semiconductors |
33 | picochip Picochip Ltd | ||
33 | powervr Imagination Technologies | 34 | powervr Imagination Technologies |
34 | qcom Qualcomm, Inc. | 35 | qcom Qualcomm, Inc. |
35 | ramtron Ramtron International | 36 | ramtron Ramtron International |
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/booting-without-of.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/booting-without-of.txt index 7c1329de0596..da0bfeb4253d 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/booting-without-of.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/booting-without-of.txt | |||
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ it with special cases. | |||
169 | 169 | ||
170 | b) Entry with a flattened device-tree block. Firmware loads the | 170 | b) Entry with a flattened device-tree block. Firmware loads the |
171 | physical address of the flattened device tree block (dtb) into r2, | 171 | physical address of the flattened device tree block (dtb) into r2, |
172 | r1 is not used, but it is considered good practise to use a valid | 172 | r1 is not used, but it is considered good practice to use a valid |
173 | machine number as described in Documentation/arm/Booting. | 173 | machine number as described in Documentation/arm/Booting. |
174 | 174 | ||
175 | r0 : 0 | 175 | r0 : 0 |
diff --git a/Documentation/dmaengine.txt b/Documentation/dmaengine.txt index bbe6cb3d1856..879b6e31e2da 100644 --- a/Documentation/dmaengine.txt +++ b/Documentation/dmaengine.txt | |||
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ The slave DMA usage consists of following steps: | |||
63 | struct dma_slave_config *config) | 63 | struct dma_slave_config *config) |
64 | 64 | ||
65 | Please see the dma_slave_config structure definition in dmaengine.h | 65 | Please see the dma_slave_config structure definition in dmaengine.h |
66 | for a detailed explaination of the struct members. Please note | 66 | for a detailed explanation of the struct members. Please note |
67 | that the 'direction' member will be going away as it duplicates the | 67 | that the 'direction' member will be going away as it duplicates the |
68 | direction given in the prepare call. | 68 | direction given in the prepare call. |
69 | 69 | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-model/devres.txt b/Documentation/driver-model/devres.txt index 41c0c5d1ba14..2a596a4fc23e 100644 --- a/Documentation/driver-model/devres.txt +++ b/Documentation/driver-model/devres.txt | |||
@@ -271,3 +271,8 @@ IOMAP | |||
271 | pcim_iounmap() | 271 | pcim_iounmap() |
272 | pcim_iomap_table() : array of mapped addresses indexed by BAR | 272 | pcim_iomap_table() : array of mapped addresses indexed by BAR |
273 | pcim_iomap_regions() : do request_region() and iomap() on multiple BARs | 273 | pcim_iomap_regions() : do request_region() and iomap() on multiple BARs |
274 | |||
275 | REGULATOR | ||
276 | devm_regulator_get() | ||
277 | devm_regulator_put() | ||
278 | devm_regulator_bulk_get() | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/dynamic-debug-howto.txt b/Documentation/dynamic-debug-howto.txt index f959909d7154..74e6c7782678 100644 --- a/Documentation/dynamic-debug-howto.txt +++ b/Documentation/dynamic-debug-howto.txt | |||
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ dynamically enabled per-callsite. | |||
12 | Dynamic debug has even more useful features: | 12 | Dynamic debug has even more useful features: |
13 | 13 | ||
14 | * Simple query language allows turning on and off debugging statements by | 14 | * Simple query language allows turning on and off debugging statements by |
15 | matching any combination of: | 15 | matching any combination of 0 or 1 of: |
16 | 16 | ||
17 | - source filename | 17 | - source filename |
18 | - function name | 18 | - function name |
@@ -79,31 +79,24 @@ Command Language Reference | |||
79 | ========================== | 79 | ========================== |
80 | 80 | ||
81 | At the lexical level, a command comprises a sequence of words separated | 81 | At the lexical level, a command comprises a sequence of words separated |
82 | by whitespace characters. Note that newlines are treated as word | 82 | by spaces or tabs. So these are all equivalent: |
83 | separators and do *not* end a command or allow multiple commands to | ||
84 | be done together. So these are all equivalent: | ||
85 | 83 | ||
86 | nullarbor:~ # echo -c 'file svcsock.c line 1603 +p' > | 84 | nullarbor:~ # echo -c 'file svcsock.c line 1603 +p' > |
87 | <debugfs>/dynamic_debug/control | 85 | <debugfs>/dynamic_debug/control |
88 | nullarbor:~ # echo -c ' file svcsock.c line 1603 +p ' > | 86 | nullarbor:~ # echo -c ' file svcsock.c line 1603 +p ' > |
89 | <debugfs>/dynamic_debug/control | 87 | <debugfs>/dynamic_debug/control |
90 | nullarbor:~ # echo -c 'file svcsock.c\nline 1603 +p' > | ||
91 | <debugfs>/dynamic_debug/control | ||
92 | nullarbor:~ # echo -n 'file svcsock.c line 1603 +p' > | 88 | nullarbor:~ # echo -n 'file svcsock.c line 1603 +p' > |
93 | <debugfs>/dynamic_debug/control | 89 | <debugfs>/dynamic_debug/control |
94 | 90 | ||
95 | Commands are bounded by a write() system call. If you want to do | 91 | Command submissions are bounded by a write() system call. |
96 | multiple commands you need to do a separate "echo" for each, like: | 92 | Multiple commands can be written together, separated by ';' or '\n'. |
97 | 93 | ||
98 | nullarbor:~ # echo 'file svcsock.c line 1603 +p' > /proc/dprintk ;\ | 94 | ~# echo "func pnpacpi_get_resources +p; func pnp_assign_mem +p" \ |
99 | > echo 'file svcsock.c line 1563 +p' > /proc/dprintk | 95 | > <debugfs>/dynamic_debug/control |
100 | 96 | ||
101 | or even like: | 97 | If your query set is big, you can batch them too: |
102 | 98 | ||
103 | nullarbor:~ # ( | 99 | ~# cat query-batch-file > <debugfs>/dynamic_debug/control |
104 | > echo 'file svcsock.c line 1603 +p' ;\ | ||
105 | > echo 'file svcsock.c line 1563 +p' ;\ | ||
106 | > ) > /proc/dprintk | ||
107 | 100 | ||
108 | At the syntactical level, a command comprises a sequence of match | 101 | At the syntactical level, a command comprises a sequence of match |
109 | specifications, followed by a flags change specification. | 102 | specifications, followed by a flags change specification. |
@@ -144,11 +137,12 @@ func | |||
144 | func svc_tcp_accept | 137 | func svc_tcp_accept |
145 | 138 | ||
146 | file | 139 | file |
147 | The given string is compared against either the full | 140 | The given string is compared against either the full pathname, the |
148 | pathname or the basename of the source file of each | 141 | src-root relative pathname, or the basename of the source file of |
149 | callsite. Examples: | 142 | each callsite. Examples: |
150 | 143 | ||
151 | file svcsock.c | 144 | file svcsock.c |
145 | file kernel/freezer.c | ||
152 | file /usr/src/packages/BUILD/sgi-enhancednfs-1.4/default/net/sunrpc/svcsock.c | 146 | file /usr/src/packages/BUILD/sgi-enhancednfs-1.4/default/net/sunrpc/svcsock.c |
153 | 147 | ||
154 | module | 148 | module |
diff --git a/Documentation/fb/matroxfb.txt b/Documentation/fb/matroxfb.txt index e5ce8a1a978b..b95f5bb522f2 100644 --- a/Documentation/fb/matroxfb.txt +++ b/Documentation/fb/matroxfb.txt | |||
@@ -177,8 +177,8 @@ sgram - tells to driver that you have Gxx0 with SGRAM memory. It has no | |||
177 | effect without `init'. | 177 | effect without `init'. |
178 | sdram - tells to driver that you have Gxx0 with SDRAM memory. | 178 | sdram - tells to driver that you have Gxx0 with SDRAM memory. |
179 | It is a default. | 179 | It is a default. |
180 | inv24 - change timings parameters for 24bpp modes on Millenium and | 180 | inv24 - change timings parameters for 24bpp modes on Millennium and |
181 | Millenium II. Specify this if you see strange color shadows around | 181 | Millennium II. Specify this if you see strange color shadows around |
182 | characters. | 182 | characters. |
183 | noinv24 - use standard timings. It is the default. | 183 | noinv24 - use standard timings. It is the default. |
184 | inverse - invert colors on screen (for LCD displays) | 184 | inverse - invert colors on screen (for LCD displays) |
@@ -204,9 +204,9 @@ grayscale - enable grayscale summing. It works in PSEUDOCOLOR modes (text, | |||
204 | can paint colors. | 204 | can paint colors. |
205 | nograyscale - disable grayscale summing. It is default. | 205 | nograyscale - disable grayscale summing. It is default. |
206 | cross4MB - enables that pixel line can cross 4MB boundary. It is default for | 206 | cross4MB - enables that pixel line can cross 4MB boundary. It is default for |
207 | non-Millenium. | 207 | non-Millennium. |
208 | nocross4MB - pixel line must not cross 4MB boundary. It is default for | 208 | nocross4MB - pixel line must not cross 4MB boundary. It is default for |
209 | Millenium I or II, because of these devices have hardware | 209 | Millennium I or II, because of these devices have hardware |
210 | limitations which do not allow this. But this option is | 210 | limitations which do not allow this. But this option is |
211 | incompatible with some (if not all yet released) versions of | 211 | incompatible with some (if not all yet released) versions of |
212 | XF86_FBDev. | 212 | XF86_FBDev. |
diff --git a/Documentation/feature-removal-schedule.txt b/Documentation/feature-removal-schedule.txt index a0ffac029a0d..4bfd982f8080 100644 --- a/Documentation/feature-removal-schedule.txt +++ b/Documentation/feature-removal-schedule.txt | |||
@@ -524,3 +524,22 @@ Files: arch/arm/mach-at91/at91cap9.c | |||
524 | Why: The code is not actively maintained and platforms are now hard to find. | 524 | Why: The code is not actively maintained and platforms are now hard to find. |
525 | Who: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com> | 525 | Who: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com> |
526 | Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD <plagnioj@jcrosoft.com> | 526 | Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD <plagnioj@jcrosoft.com> |
527 | |||
528 | ---------------------------- | ||
529 | |||
530 | What: Low Performance USB Block driver ("CONFIG_BLK_DEV_UB") | ||
531 | When: 3.6 | ||
532 | Why: This driver provides support for USB storage devices like "USB | ||
533 | sticks". As of now, it is deactivated in Debian, Fedora and | ||
534 | Ubuntu. All current users can switch over to usb-storage | ||
535 | (CONFIG_USB_STORAGE) which only drawback is the additional SCSI | ||
536 | stack. | ||
537 | Who: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <sebastian@breakpoint.cc> | ||
538 | |||
539 | ---------------------------- | ||
540 | |||
541 | What: kmap_atomic(page, km_type) | ||
542 | When: 3.5 | ||
543 | Why: The old kmap_atomic() with two arguments is deprecated, we only | ||
544 | keep it for backward compatibility for few cycles and then drop it. | ||
545 | Who: Cong Wang <amwang@redhat.com> | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/debugfs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/debugfs.txt index 6872c91bce35..4e2575873187 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/debugfs.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/debugfs.txt | |||
@@ -14,7 +14,10 @@ Debugfs is typically mounted with a command like: | |||
14 | 14 | ||
15 | mount -t debugfs none /sys/kernel/debug | 15 | mount -t debugfs none /sys/kernel/debug |
16 | 16 | ||
17 | (Or an equivalent /etc/fstab line). | 17 | (Or an equivalent /etc/fstab line). |
18 | The debugfs root directory is accessible by anyone by default. To | ||
19 | restrict access to the tree the "uid", "gid" and "mode" mount | ||
20 | options can be used. | ||
18 | 21 | ||
19 | Note that the debugfs API is exported GPL-only to modules. | 22 | Note that the debugfs API is exported GPL-only to modules. |
20 | 23 | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/ext4.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/ext4.txt index 10ec4639f152..8c10bf375c73 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/ext4.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/ext4.txt | |||
@@ -308,7 +308,7 @@ min_batch_time=usec This parameter sets the commit time (as | |||
308 | fast disks, at the cost of increasing latency. | 308 | fast disks, at the cost of increasing latency. |
309 | 309 | ||
310 | journal_ioprio=prio The I/O priority (from 0 to 7, where 0 is the | 310 | journal_ioprio=prio The I/O priority (from 0 to 7, where 0 is the |
311 | highest priorty) which should be used for I/O | 311 | highest priority) which should be used for I/O |
312 | operations submitted by kjournald2 during a | 312 | operations submitted by kjournald2 during a |
313 | commit operation. This defaults to 3, which is | 313 | commit operation. This defaults to 3, which is |
314 | a slightly higher priority than the default I/O | 314 | a slightly higher priority than the default I/O |
@@ -343,7 +343,7 @@ noinit_itable Do not initialize any uninitialized inode table | |||
343 | init_itable=n The lazy itable init code will wait n times the | 343 | init_itable=n The lazy itable init code will wait n times the |
344 | number of milliseconds it took to zero out the | 344 | number of milliseconds it took to zero out the |
345 | previous block group's inode table. This | 345 | previous block group's inode table. This |
346 | minimizes the impact on the systme performance | 346 | minimizes the impact on the system performance |
347 | while file system's inode table is being initialized. | 347 | while file system's inode table is being initialized. |
348 | 348 | ||
349 | discard Controls whether ext4 should issue discard/TRIM | 349 | discard Controls whether ext4 should issue discard/TRIM |
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/gfs2-uevents.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/gfs2-uevents.txt index d81889669293..19a19ebebc34 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/gfs2-uevents.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/gfs2-uevents.txt | |||
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ be fixed. | |||
62 | 62 | ||
63 | The REMOVE uevent is generated at the end of an unsuccessful mount | 63 | The REMOVE uevent is generated at the end of an unsuccessful mount |
64 | or at the end of a umount of the filesystem. All REMOVE uevents will | 64 | or at the end of a umount of the filesystem. All REMOVE uevents will |
65 | have been preceded by at least an ADD uevent for the same fileystem, | 65 | have been preceded by at least an ADD uevent for the same filesystem, |
66 | and unlike the other uevents is generated automatically by the kernel's | 66 | and unlike the other uevents is generated automatically by the kernel's |
67 | kobject subsystem. | 67 | kobject subsystem. |
68 | 68 | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/pohmelfs/network_protocol.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/pohmelfs/network_protocol.txt index 65e03dd44823..c680b4b5353d 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/pohmelfs/network_protocol.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/pohmelfs/network_protocol.txt | |||
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ Commands can be embedded into transaction command (which in turn has own command | |||
20 | so one can extend protocol as needed without breaking backward compatibility as long | 20 | so one can extend protocol as needed without breaking backward compatibility as long |
21 | as old commands are supported. All string lengths include tail 0 byte. | 21 | as old commands are supported. All string lengths include tail 0 byte. |
22 | 22 | ||
23 | All commands are transferred over the network in big-endian. CPU endianess is used at the end peers. | 23 | All commands are transferred over the network in big-endian. CPU endianness is used at the end peers. |
24 | 24 | ||
25 | @cmd - command number, which specifies command to be processed. Following | 25 | @cmd - command number, which specifies command to be processed. Following |
26 | commands are used currently: | 26 | commands are used currently: |
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/ramfs-rootfs-initramfs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/ramfs-rootfs-initramfs.txt index a8273d5fad20..59b4a0962e0f 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/ramfs-rootfs-initramfs.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/ramfs-rootfs-initramfs.txt | |||
@@ -297,7 +297,7 @@ the above threads) is: | |||
297 | either way about the archive format, and there are alternative tools, | 297 | either way about the archive format, and there are alternative tools, |
298 | such as: | 298 | such as: |
299 | 299 | ||
300 | http://freshmeat.net/projects/afio/ | 300 | http://freecode.com/projects/afio |
301 | 301 | ||
302 | 2) The cpio archive format chosen by the kernel is simpler and cleaner (and | 302 | 2) The cpio archive format chosen by the kernel is simpler and cleaner (and |
303 | thus easier to create and parse) than any of the (literally dozens of) | 303 | thus easier to create and parse) than any of the (literally dozens of) |
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/vfs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/vfs.txt index 3d9393b845b8..e916e3d36488 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/vfs.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/vfs.txt | |||
@@ -993,7 +993,7 @@ struct dentry_operations { | |||
993 | 993 | ||
994 | If the 'rcu_walk' parameter is true, then the caller is doing a | 994 | If the 'rcu_walk' parameter is true, then the caller is doing a |
995 | pathwalk in RCU-walk mode. Sleeping is not permitted in this mode, | 995 | pathwalk in RCU-walk mode. Sleeping is not permitted in this mode, |
996 | and the caller can be asked to leave it and call again by returing | 996 | and the caller can be asked to leave it and call again by returning |
997 | -ECHILD. | 997 | -ECHILD. |
998 | 998 | ||
999 | This function is only used if DCACHE_MANAGE_TRANSIT is set on the | 999 | This function is only used if DCACHE_MANAGE_TRANSIT is set on the |
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/adm1275 b/Documentation/hwmon/adm1275 index ab70d96d2dfd..2cfa25667123 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/adm1275 +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/adm1275 | |||
@@ -2,6 +2,10 @@ Kernel driver adm1275 | |||
2 | ===================== | 2 | ===================== |
3 | 3 | ||
4 | Supported chips: | 4 | Supported chips: |
5 | * Analog Devices ADM1075 | ||
6 | Prefix: 'adm1075' | ||
7 | Addresses scanned: - | ||
8 | Datasheet: www.analog.com/static/imported-files/data_sheets/ADM1075.pdf | ||
5 | * Analog Devices ADM1275 | 9 | * Analog Devices ADM1275 |
6 | Prefix: 'adm1275' | 10 | Prefix: 'adm1275' |
7 | Addresses scanned: - | 11 | Addresses scanned: - |
@@ -17,13 +21,13 @@ Author: Guenter Roeck <guenter.roeck@ericsson.com> | |||
17 | Description | 21 | Description |
18 | ----------- | 22 | ----------- |
19 | 23 | ||
20 | This driver supports hardware montoring for Analog Devices ADM1275 and ADM1276 | 24 | This driver supports hardware montoring for Analog Devices ADM1075, ADM1275, |
21 | Hot-Swap Controller and Digital Power Monitor. | 25 | and ADM1276 Hot-Swap Controller and Digital Power Monitor. |
22 | 26 | ||
23 | ADM1275 and ADM1276 are hot-swap controllers that allow a circuit board to be | 27 | ADM1075, ADM1275, and ADM1276 are hot-swap controllers that allow a circuit |
24 | removed from or inserted into a live backplane. They also feature current and | 28 | board to be removed from or inserted into a live backplane. They also feature |
25 | voltage readback via an integrated 12-bit analog-to-digital converter (ADC), | 29 | current and voltage readback via an integrated 12-bit analog-to-digital |
26 | accessed using a PMBus interface. | 30 | converter (ADC), accessed using a PMBus interface. |
27 | 31 | ||
28 | The driver is a client driver to the core PMBus driver. Please see | 32 | The driver is a client driver to the core PMBus driver. Please see |
29 | Documentation/hwmon/pmbus for details on PMBus client drivers. | 33 | Documentation/hwmon/pmbus for details on PMBus client drivers. |
@@ -36,6 +40,10 @@ This driver does not auto-detect devices. You will have to instantiate the | |||
36 | devices explicitly. Please see Documentation/i2c/instantiating-devices for | 40 | devices explicitly. Please see Documentation/i2c/instantiating-devices for |
37 | details. | 41 | details. |
38 | 42 | ||
43 | The ADM1075, unlike many other PMBus devices, does not support internal voltage | ||
44 | or current scaling. Reported voltages, currents, and power are raw measurements, | ||
45 | and will typically have to be scaled. | ||
46 | |||
39 | 47 | ||
40 | Platform data support | 48 | Platform data support |
41 | --------------------- | 49 | --------------------- |
@@ -51,9 +59,10 @@ The following attributes are supported. Limits are read-write, history reset | |||
51 | attributes are write-only, all other attributes are read-only. | 59 | attributes are write-only, all other attributes are read-only. |
52 | 60 | ||
53 | in1_label "vin1" or "vout1" depending on chip variant and | 61 | in1_label "vin1" or "vout1" depending on chip variant and |
54 | configuration. | 62 | configuration. On ADM1075, vout1 reports the voltage on |
63 | the VAUX pin. | ||
55 | in1_input Measured voltage. | 64 | in1_input Measured voltage. |
56 | in1_min Minumum Voltage. | 65 | in1_min Minimum Voltage. |
57 | in1_max Maximum voltage. | 66 | in1_max Maximum voltage. |
58 | in1_min_alarm Voltage low alarm. | 67 | in1_min_alarm Voltage low alarm. |
59 | in1_max_alarm Voltage high alarm. | 68 | in1_max_alarm Voltage high alarm. |
@@ -74,3 +83,10 @@ curr1_crit Critical maximum current. Depending on the chip | |||
74 | curr1_crit_alarm Critical current high alarm. | 83 | curr1_crit_alarm Critical current high alarm. |
75 | curr1_highest Historical maximum current. | 84 | curr1_highest Historical maximum current. |
76 | curr1_reset_history Write any value to reset history. | 85 | curr1_reset_history Write any value to reset history. |
86 | |||
87 | power1_label "pin1" | ||
88 | power1_input Input power. | ||
89 | power1_reset_history Write any value to reset history. | ||
90 | |||
91 | Power attributes are supported on ADM1075 and ADM1276 | ||
92 | only. | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/jc42 b/Documentation/hwmon/jc42 index a22ecf48f255..66ecb9fc8246 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/jc42 +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/jc42 | |||
@@ -3,57 +3,50 @@ Kernel driver jc42 | |||
3 | 3 | ||
4 | Supported chips: | 4 | Supported chips: |
5 | * Analog Devices ADT7408 | 5 | * Analog Devices ADT7408 |
6 | Prefix: 'adt7408' | ||
7 | Addresses scanned: I2C 0x18 - 0x1f | ||
8 | Datasheets: | 6 | Datasheets: |
9 | http://www.analog.com/static/imported-files/data_sheets/ADT7408.pdf | 7 | http://www.analog.com/static/imported-files/data_sheets/ADT7408.pdf |
10 | * IDT TSE2002B3, TS3000B3 | 8 | * Atmel AT30TS00 |
11 | Prefix: 'tse2002b3', 'ts3000b3' | ||
12 | Addresses scanned: I2C 0x18 - 0x1f | ||
13 | Datasheets: | 9 | Datasheets: |
14 | http://www.idt.com/products/getdoc.cfm?docid=18715691 | 10 | http://www.atmel.com/Images/doc8585.pdf |
15 | http://www.idt.com/products/getdoc.cfm?docid=18715692 | 11 | * IDT TSE2002B3, TSE2002GB2, TS3000B3, TS3000GB2 |
12 | Datasheets: | ||
13 | http://www.idt.com/sites/default/files/documents/IDT_TSE2002B3C_DST_20100512_120303152056.pdf | ||
14 | http://www.idt.com/sites/default/files/documents/IDT_TSE2002GB2A1_DST_20111107_120303145914.pdf | ||
15 | http://www.idt.com/sites/default/files/documents/IDT_TS3000B3A_DST_20101129_120303152013.pdf | ||
16 | http://www.idt.com/sites/default/files/documents/IDT_TS3000GB2A1_DST_20111104_120303151012.pdf | ||
16 | * Maxim MAX6604 | 17 | * Maxim MAX6604 |
17 | Prefix: 'max6604' | ||
18 | Addresses scanned: I2C 0x18 - 0x1f | ||
19 | Datasheets: | 18 | Datasheets: |
20 | http://datasheets.maxim-ic.com/en/ds/MAX6604.pdf | 19 | http://datasheets.maxim-ic.com/en/ds/MAX6604.pdf |
21 | * Microchip MCP9805, MCP98242, MCP98243, MCP9843 | 20 | * Microchip MCP9804, MCP9805, MCP98242, MCP98243, MCP9843 |
22 | Prefixes: 'mcp9805', 'mcp98242', 'mcp98243', 'mcp9843' | ||
23 | Addresses scanned: I2C 0x18 - 0x1f | ||
24 | Datasheets: | 21 | Datasheets: |
22 | http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/22203C.pdf | ||
25 | http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/21977b.pdf | 23 | http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/21977b.pdf |
26 | http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/21996a.pdf | 24 | http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/21996a.pdf |
27 | http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/22153c.pdf | 25 | http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/22153c.pdf |
28 | * NXP Semiconductors SE97, SE97B | 26 | * NXP Semiconductors SE97, SE97B, SE98, SE98A |
29 | Prefix: 'se97' | ||
30 | Addresses scanned: I2C 0x18 - 0x1f | ||
31 | Datasheets: | 27 | Datasheets: |
32 | http://www.nxp.com/documents/data_sheet/SE97.pdf | 28 | http://www.nxp.com/documents/data_sheet/SE97.pdf |
33 | http://www.nxp.com/documents/data_sheet/SE97B.pdf | 29 | http://www.nxp.com/documents/data_sheet/SE97B.pdf |
34 | * NXP Semiconductors SE98 | ||
35 | Prefix: 'se98' | ||
36 | Addresses scanned: I2C 0x18 - 0x1f | ||
37 | Datasheets: | ||
38 | http://www.nxp.com/documents/data_sheet/SE98.pdf | 30 | http://www.nxp.com/documents/data_sheet/SE98.pdf |
31 | http://www.nxp.com/documents/data_sheet/SE98A.pdf | ||
39 | * ON Semiconductor CAT34TS02, CAT6095 | 32 | * ON Semiconductor CAT34TS02, CAT6095 |
40 | Prefix: 'cat34ts02', 'cat6095' | ||
41 | Addresses scanned: I2C 0x18 - 0x1f | ||
42 | Datasheet: | 33 | Datasheet: |
43 | http://www.onsemi.com/pub_link/Collateral/CAT34TS02-D.PDF | 34 | http://www.onsemi.com/pub_link/Collateral/CAT34TS02-D.PDF |
44 | http://www.onsemi.com/pub/Collateral/CAT6095-D.PDF | 35 | http://www.onsemi.com/pub/Collateral/CAT6095-D.PDF |
45 | * ST Microelectronics STTS424, STTS424E02 | 36 | * ST Microelectronics STTS424, STTS424E02, STTS2002, STTS3000 |
46 | Prefix: 'stts424' | ||
47 | Addresses scanned: I2C 0x18 - 0x1f | ||
48 | Datasheets: | 37 | Datasheets: |
49 | http://www.st.com/stonline/products/literature/ds/13447/stts424.pdf | 38 | http://www.st.com/internet/com/TECHNICAL_RESOURCES/TECHNICAL_LITERATURE/DATASHEET/CD00157556.pdf |
50 | http://www.st.com/stonline/products/literature/ds/13448/stts424e02.pdf | 39 | http://www.st.com/internet/com/TECHNICAL_RESOURCES/TECHNICAL_LITERATURE/DATASHEET/CD00157558.pdf |
40 | http://www.st.com/internet/com/TECHNICAL_RESOURCES/TECHNICAL_LITERATURE/DATASHEET/CD00225278.pdf | ||
41 | http://www.st.com/internet/com/TECHNICAL_RESOURCES/TECHNICAL_LITERATURE/DATA_BRIEF/CD00270920.pdf | ||
51 | * JEDEC JC 42.4 compliant temperature sensor chips | 42 | * JEDEC JC 42.4 compliant temperature sensor chips |
52 | Prefix: 'jc42' | ||
53 | Addresses scanned: I2C 0x18 - 0x1f | ||
54 | Datasheet: | 43 | Datasheet: |
55 | http://www.jedec.org/sites/default/files/docs/4_01_04R19.pdf | 44 | http://www.jedec.org/sites/default/files/docs/4_01_04R19.pdf |
56 | 45 | ||
46 | Common for all chips: | ||
47 | Prefix: 'jc42' | ||
48 | Addresses scanned: I2C 0x18 - 0x1f | ||
49 | |||
57 | Author: | 50 | Author: |
58 | Guenter Roeck <guenter.roeck@ericsson.com> | 51 | Guenter Roeck <guenter.roeck@ericsson.com> |
59 | 52 | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/lm80 b/Documentation/hwmon/lm80 index cb5b407ba3e6..a60b43efc32b 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/lm80 +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/lm80 | |||
@@ -7,6 +7,11 @@ Supported chips: | |||
7 | Addresses scanned: I2C 0x28 - 0x2f | 7 | Addresses scanned: I2C 0x28 - 0x2f |
8 | Datasheet: Publicly available at the National Semiconductor website | 8 | Datasheet: Publicly available at the National Semiconductor website |
9 | http://www.national.com/ | 9 | http://www.national.com/ |
10 | * National Semiconductor LM96080 | ||
11 | Prefix: 'lm96080' | ||
12 | Addresses scanned: I2C 0x28 - 0x2f | ||
13 | Datasheet: Publicly available at the National Semiconductor website | ||
14 | http://www.national.com/ | ||
10 | 15 | ||
11 | Authors: | 16 | Authors: |
12 | Frodo Looijaard <frodol@dds.nl>, | 17 | Frodo Looijaard <frodol@dds.nl>, |
@@ -17,7 +22,9 @@ Description | |||
17 | 22 | ||
18 | This driver implements support for the National Semiconductor LM80. | 23 | This driver implements support for the National Semiconductor LM80. |
19 | It is described as a 'Serial Interface ACPI-Compatible Microprocessor | 24 | It is described as a 'Serial Interface ACPI-Compatible Microprocessor |
20 | System Hardware Monitor'. | 25 | System Hardware Monitor'. The LM96080 is a more recent incarnation, |
26 | it is pin and register compatible, with a few additional features not | ||
27 | yet supported by the driver. | ||
21 | 28 | ||
22 | The LM80 implements one temperature sensor, two fan rotation speed sensors, | 29 | The LM80 implements one temperature sensor, two fan rotation speed sensors, |
23 | seven voltage sensors, alarms, and some miscellaneous stuff. | 30 | seven voltage sensors, alarms, and some miscellaneous stuff. |
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/max16064 b/Documentation/hwmon/max16064 index f6e8bcbfaccf..f8b478076f6d 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/max16064 +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/max16064 | |||
@@ -42,9 +42,9 @@ attributes are read-only. | |||
42 | 42 | ||
43 | in[1-4]_label "vout[1-4]" | 43 | in[1-4]_label "vout[1-4]" |
44 | in[1-4]_input Measured voltage. From READ_VOUT register. | 44 | in[1-4]_input Measured voltage. From READ_VOUT register. |
45 | in[1-4]_min Minumum Voltage. From VOUT_UV_WARN_LIMIT register. | 45 | in[1-4]_min Minimum Voltage. From VOUT_UV_WARN_LIMIT register. |
46 | in[1-4]_max Maximum voltage. From VOUT_OV_WARN_LIMIT register. | 46 | in[1-4]_max Maximum voltage. From VOUT_OV_WARN_LIMIT register. |
47 | in[1-4]_lcrit Critical minumum Voltage. VOUT_UV_FAULT_LIMIT register. | 47 | in[1-4]_lcrit Critical minimum Voltage. VOUT_UV_FAULT_LIMIT register. |
48 | in[1-4]_crit Critical maximum voltage. From VOUT_OV_FAULT_LIMIT register. | 48 | in[1-4]_crit Critical maximum voltage. From VOUT_OV_FAULT_LIMIT register. |
49 | in[1-4]_min_alarm Voltage low alarm. From VOLTAGE_UV_WARNING status. | 49 | in[1-4]_min_alarm Voltage low alarm. From VOLTAGE_UV_WARNING status. |
50 | in[1-4]_max_alarm Voltage high alarm. From VOLTAGE_OV_WARNING status. | 50 | in[1-4]_max_alarm Voltage high alarm. From VOLTAGE_OV_WARNING status. |
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/max34440 b/Documentation/hwmon/max34440 index 8ab51536a1eb..04482226db20 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/max34440 +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/max34440 | |||
@@ -11,6 +11,11 @@ Supported chips: | |||
11 | Prefixes: 'max34441' | 11 | Prefixes: 'max34441' |
12 | Addresses scanned: - | 12 | Addresses scanned: - |
13 | Datasheet: http://datasheets.maxim-ic.com/en/ds/MAX34441.pdf | 13 | Datasheet: http://datasheets.maxim-ic.com/en/ds/MAX34441.pdf |
14 | * Maxim MAX34446 | ||
15 | PMBus Power-Supply Data Logger | ||
16 | Prefixes: 'max34446' | ||
17 | Addresses scanned: - | ||
18 | Datasheet: http://datasheets.maxim-ic.com/en/ds/MAX34446.pdf | ||
14 | 19 | ||
15 | Author: Guenter Roeck <guenter.roeck@ericsson.com> | 20 | Author: Guenter Roeck <guenter.roeck@ericsson.com> |
16 | 21 | ||
@@ -19,8 +24,8 @@ Description | |||
19 | ----------- | 24 | ----------- |
20 | 25 | ||
21 | This driver supports hardware montoring for Maxim MAX34440 PMBus 6-Channel | 26 | This driver supports hardware montoring for Maxim MAX34440 PMBus 6-Channel |
22 | Power-Supply Manager and MAX34441 PMBus 5-Channel Power-Supply Manager | 27 | Power-Supply Manager, MAX34441 PMBus 5-Channel Power-Supply Manager |
23 | and Intelligent Fan Controller. | 28 | and Intelligent Fan Controller, and MAX34446 PMBus Power-Supply Data Logger. |
24 | 29 | ||
25 | The driver is a client driver to the core PMBus driver. Please see | 30 | The driver is a client driver to the core PMBus driver. Please see |
26 | Documentation/hwmon/pmbus for details on PMBus client drivers. | 31 | Documentation/hwmon/pmbus for details on PMBus client drivers. |
@@ -33,6 +38,13 @@ This driver does not auto-detect devices. You will have to instantiate the | |||
33 | devices explicitly. Please see Documentation/i2c/instantiating-devices for | 38 | devices explicitly. Please see Documentation/i2c/instantiating-devices for |
34 | details. | 39 | details. |
35 | 40 | ||
41 | For MAX34446, the value of the currX_crit attribute determines if current or | ||
42 | voltage measurement is enabled for a given channel. Voltage measurement is | ||
43 | enabled if currX_crit is set to 0; current measurement is enabled if the | ||
44 | attribute is set to a positive value. Power measurement is only enabled if | ||
45 | channel 1 (3) is configured for voltage measurement, and channel 2 (4) is | ||
46 | configured for current measurement. | ||
47 | |||
36 | 48 | ||
37 | Platform data support | 49 | Platform data support |
38 | --------------------- | 50 | --------------------- |
@@ -48,27 +60,39 @@ attributes are read-only. | |||
48 | 60 | ||
49 | in[1-6]_label "vout[1-6]". | 61 | in[1-6]_label "vout[1-6]". |
50 | in[1-6]_input Measured voltage. From READ_VOUT register. | 62 | in[1-6]_input Measured voltage. From READ_VOUT register. |
51 | in[1-6]_min Minumum Voltage. From VOUT_UV_WARN_LIMIT register. | 63 | in[1-6]_min Minimum Voltage. From VOUT_UV_WARN_LIMIT register. |
52 | in[1-6]_max Maximum voltage. From VOUT_OV_WARN_LIMIT register. | 64 | in[1-6]_max Maximum voltage. From VOUT_OV_WARN_LIMIT register. |
53 | in[1-6]_lcrit Critical minumum Voltage. VOUT_UV_FAULT_LIMIT register. | 65 | in[1-6]_lcrit Critical minimum Voltage. VOUT_UV_FAULT_LIMIT register. |
54 | in[1-6]_crit Critical maximum voltage. From VOUT_OV_FAULT_LIMIT register. | 66 | in[1-6]_crit Critical maximum voltage. From VOUT_OV_FAULT_LIMIT register. |
55 | in[1-6]_min_alarm Voltage low alarm. From VOLTAGE_UV_WARNING status. | 67 | in[1-6]_min_alarm Voltage low alarm. From VOLTAGE_UV_WARNING status. |
56 | in[1-6]_max_alarm Voltage high alarm. From VOLTAGE_OV_WARNING status. | 68 | in[1-6]_max_alarm Voltage high alarm. From VOLTAGE_OV_WARNING status. |
57 | in[1-6]_lcrit_alarm Voltage critical low alarm. From VOLTAGE_UV_FAULT status. | 69 | in[1-6]_lcrit_alarm Voltage critical low alarm. From VOLTAGE_UV_FAULT status. |
58 | in[1-6]_crit_alarm Voltage critical high alarm. From VOLTAGE_OV_FAULT status. | 70 | in[1-6]_crit_alarm Voltage critical high alarm. From VOLTAGE_OV_FAULT status. |
71 | in[1-6]_lowest Historical minimum voltage. | ||
59 | in[1-6]_highest Historical maximum voltage. | 72 | in[1-6]_highest Historical maximum voltage. |
60 | in[1-6]_reset_history Write any value to reset history. | 73 | in[1-6]_reset_history Write any value to reset history. |
61 | 74 | ||
75 | MAX34446 only supports in[1-4]. | ||
76 | |||
62 | curr[1-6]_label "iout[1-6]". | 77 | curr[1-6]_label "iout[1-6]". |
63 | curr[1-6]_input Measured current. From READ_IOUT register. | 78 | curr[1-6]_input Measured current. From READ_IOUT register. |
64 | curr[1-6]_max Maximum current. From IOUT_OC_WARN_LIMIT register. | 79 | curr[1-6]_max Maximum current. From IOUT_OC_WARN_LIMIT register. |
65 | curr[1-6]_crit Critical maximum current. From IOUT_OC_FAULT_LIMIT register. | 80 | curr[1-6]_crit Critical maximum current. From IOUT_OC_FAULT_LIMIT register. |
66 | curr[1-6]_max_alarm Current high alarm. From IOUT_OC_WARNING status. | 81 | curr[1-6]_max_alarm Current high alarm. From IOUT_OC_WARNING status. |
67 | curr[1-6]_crit_alarm Current critical high alarm. From IOUT_OC_FAULT status. | 82 | curr[1-6]_crit_alarm Current critical high alarm. From IOUT_OC_FAULT status. |
83 | curr[1-4]_average Historical average current (MAX34446 only). | ||
68 | curr[1-6]_highest Historical maximum current. | 84 | curr[1-6]_highest Historical maximum current. |
69 | curr[1-6]_reset_history Write any value to reset history. | 85 | curr[1-6]_reset_history Write any value to reset history. |
70 | 86 | ||
71 | in6 and curr6 attributes only exist for MAX34440. | 87 | in6 and curr6 attributes only exist for MAX34440. |
88 | MAX34446 only supports curr[1-4]. | ||
89 | |||
90 | power[1,3]_label "pout[1,3]" | ||
91 | power[1,3]_input Measured power. | ||
92 | power[1,3]_average Historical average power. | ||
93 | power[1,3]_highest Historical maximum power. | ||
94 | |||
95 | Power attributes only exist for MAX34446. | ||
72 | 96 | ||
73 | temp[1-8]_input Measured temperatures. From READ_TEMPERATURE_1 register. | 97 | temp[1-8]_input Measured temperatures. From READ_TEMPERATURE_1 register. |
74 | temp1 is the chip's internal temperature. temp2..temp5 | 98 | temp1 is the chip's internal temperature. temp2..temp5 |
@@ -79,7 +103,9 @@ temp[1-8]_max Maximum temperature. From OT_WARN_LIMIT register. | |||
79 | temp[1-8]_crit Critical high temperature. From OT_FAULT_LIMIT register. | 103 | temp[1-8]_crit Critical high temperature. From OT_FAULT_LIMIT register. |
80 | temp[1-8]_max_alarm Temperature high alarm. | 104 | temp[1-8]_max_alarm Temperature high alarm. |
81 | temp[1-8]_crit_alarm Temperature critical high alarm. | 105 | temp[1-8]_crit_alarm Temperature critical high alarm. |
106 | temp[1-8]_average Historical average temperature (MAX34446 only). | ||
82 | temp[1-8]_highest Historical maximum temperature. | 107 | temp[1-8]_highest Historical maximum temperature. |
83 | temp[1-8]_reset_history Write any value to reset history. | 108 | temp[1-8]_reset_history Write any value to reset history. |
84 | 109 | ||
85 | temp7 and temp8 attributes only exist for MAX34440. | 110 | temp7 and temp8 attributes only exist for MAX34440. |
111 | MAX34446 only supports temp[1-3]. | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/max8688 b/Documentation/hwmon/max8688 index 71ed10a3c94e..fe849871df32 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/max8688 +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/max8688 | |||
@@ -42,9 +42,9 @@ attributes are read-only. | |||
42 | 42 | ||
43 | in1_label "vout1" | 43 | in1_label "vout1" |
44 | in1_input Measured voltage. From READ_VOUT register. | 44 | in1_input Measured voltage. From READ_VOUT register. |
45 | in1_min Minumum Voltage. From VOUT_UV_WARN_LIMIT register. | 45 | in1_min Minimum Voltage. From VOUT_UV_WARN_LIMIT register. |
46 | in1_max Maximum voltage. From VOUT_OV_WARN_LIMIT register. | 46 | in1_max Maximum voltage. From VOUT_OV_WARN_LIMIT register. |
47 | in1_lcrit Critical minumum Voltage. VOUT_UV_FAULT_LIMIT register. | 47 | in1_lcrit Critical minimum Voltage. VOUT_UV_FAULT_LIMIT register. |
48 | in1_crit Critical maximum voltage. From VOUT_OV_FAULT_LIMIT register. | 48 | in1_crit Critical maximum voltage. From VOUT_OV_FAULT_LIMIT register. |
49 | in1_min_alarm Voltage low alarm. From VOLTAGE_UV_WARNING status. | 49 | in1_min_alarm Voltage low alarm. From VOLTAGE_UV_WARNING status. |
50 | in1_max_alarm Voltage high alarm. From VOLTAGE_OV_WARNING status. | 50 | in1_max_alarm Voltage high alarm. From VOLTAGE_OV_WARNING status. |
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/pmbus b/Documentation/hwmon/pmbus index d28b591753d1..f90f99920cc5 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/pmbus +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/pmbus | |||
@@ -15,13 +15,20 @@ Supported chips: | |||
15 | http://www.onsemi.com/pub_link/Collateral/NCP4200-D.PDF | 15 | http://www.onsemi.com/pub_link/Collateral/NCP4200-D.PDF |
16 | http://www.onsemi.com/pub_link/Collateral/JUNE%202009-%20REV.%200.PDF | 16 | http://www.onsemi.com/pub_link/Collateral/JUNE%202009-%20REV.%200.PDF |
17 | * Lineage Power | 17 | * Lineage Power |
18 | Prefixes: 'pdt003', 'pdt006', 'pdt012', 'udt020' | 18 | Prefixes: 'mdt040', 'pdt003', 'pdt006', 'pdt012', 'udt020' |
19 | Addresses scanned: - | 19 | Addresses scanned: - |
20 | Datasheets: | 20 | Datasheets: |
21 | http://www.lineagepower.com/oem/pdf/PDT003A0X.pdf | 21 | http://www.lineagepower.com/oem/pdf/PDT003A0X.pdf |
22 | http://www.lineagepower.com/oem/pdf/PDT006A0X.pdf | 22 | http://www.lineagepower.com/oem/pdf/PDT006A0X.pdf |
23 | http://www.lineagepower.com/oem/pdf/PDT012A0X.pdf | 23 | http://www.lineagepower.com/oem/pdf/PDT012A0X.pdf |
24 | http://www.lineagepower.com/oem/pdf/UDT020A0X.pdf | 24 | http://www.lineagepower.com/oem/pdf/UDT020A0X.pdf |
25 | http://www.lineagepower.com/oem/pdf/MDT040A0X.pdf | ||
26 | * Texas Instruments TPS40400, TPS40422 | ||
27 | Prefixes: 'tps40400', 'tps40422' | ||
28 | Addresses scanned: - | ||
29 | Datasheets: | ||
30 | http://www.ti.com/lit/gpn/tps40400 | ||
31 | http://www.ti.com/lit/gpn/tps40422 | ||
25 | * Generic PMBus devices | 32 | * Generic PMBus devices |
26 | Prefix: 'pmbus' | 33 | Prefix: 'pmbus' |
27 | Addresses scanned: - | 34 | Addresses scanned: - |
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/sch5627 b/Documentation/hwmon/sch5627 index 446a054e4912..0551d266c51c 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/sch5627 +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/sch5627 | |||
@@ -16,6 +16,11 @@ Description | |||
16 | SMSC SCH5627 Super I/O chips include complete hardware monitoring | 16 | SMSC SCH5627 Super I/O chips include complete hardware monitoring |
17 | capabilities. They can monitor up to 5 voltages, 4 fans and 8 temperatures. | 17 | capabilities. They can monitor up to 5 voltages, 4 fans and 8 temperatures. |
18 | 18 | ||
19 | The SMSC SCH5627 hardware monitoring part also contains an integrated | ||
20 | watchdog. In order for this watchdog to function some motherboard specific | ||
21 | initialization most be done by the BIOS, so if the watchdog is not enabled | ||
22 | by the BIOS the sch5627 driver will not register a watchdog device. | ||
23 | |||
19 | The hardware monitoring part of the SMSC SCH5627 is accessed by talking | 24 | The hardware monitoring part of the SMSC SCH5627 is accessed by talking |
20 | through an embedded microcontroller. An application note describing the | 25 | through an embedded microcontroller. An application note describing the |
21 | protocol for communicating with the microcontroller is available upon | 26 | protocol for communicating with the microcontroller is available upon |
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/sch5636 b/Documentation/hwmon/sch5636 index f83bd1c260f0..7b0a01da0717 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/sch5636 +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/sch5636 | |||
@@ -26,6 +26,9 @@ temperatures. Note that the driver detects how many fan headers / | |||
26 | temperature sensors are actually implemented on the motherboard, so you will | 26 | temperature sensors are actually implemented on the motherboard, so you will |
27 | likely see fewer temperature and fan inputs. | 27 | likely see fewer temperature and fan inputs. |
28 | 28 | ||
29 | The Fujitsu Theseus hwmon solution also contains an integrated watchdog. | ||
30 | This watchdog is fully supported by the sch5636 driver. | ||
31 | |||
29 | An application note describing the Theseus' registers, as well as an | 32 | An application note describing the Theseus' registers, as well as an |
30 | application note describing the protocol for communicating with the | 33 | application note describing the protocol for communicating with the |
31 | microcontroller is available upon request. Please mail me if you want a copy. | 34 | microcontroller is available upon request. Please mail me if you want a copy. |
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/ucd9000 b/Documentation/hwmon/ucd9000 index 40ca6db50c48..0df5f276505b 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/ucd9000 +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/ucd9000 | |||
@@ -70,9 +70,9 @@ attributes are read-only. | |||
70 | 70 | ||
71 | in[1-12]_label "vout[1-12]". | 71 | in[1-12]_label "vout[1-12]". |
72 | in[1-12]_input Measured voltage. From READ_VOUT register. | 72 | in[1-12]_input Measured voltage. From READ_VOUT register. |
73 | in[1-12]_min Minumum Voltage. From VOUT_UV_WARN_LIMIT register. | 73 | in[1-12]_min Minimum Voltage. From VOUT_UV_WARN_LIMIT register. |
74 | in[1-12]_max Maximum voltage. From VOUT_OV_WARN_LIMIT register. | 74 | in[1-12]_max Maximum voltage. From VOUT_OV_WARN_LIMIT register. |
75 | in[1-12]_lcrit Critical minumum Voltage. VOUT_UV_FAULT_LIMIT register. | 75 | in[1-12]_lcrit Critical minimum Voltage. VOUT_UV_FAULT_LIMIT register. |
76 | in[1-12]_crit Critical maximum voltage. From VOUT_OV_FAULT_LIMIT register. | 76 | in[1-12]_crit Critical maximum voltage. From VOUT_OV_FAULT_LIMIT register. |
77 | in[1-12]_min_alarm Voltage low alarm. From VOLTAGE_UV_WARNING status. | 77 | in[1-12]_min_alarm Voltage low alarm. From VOLTAGE_UV_WARNING status. |
78 | in[1-12]_max_alarm Voltage high alarm. From VOLTAGE_OV_WARNING status. | 78 | in[1-12]_max_alarm Voltage high alarm. From VOLTAGE_OV_WARNING status. |
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ in[1-12]_crit_alarm Voltage critical high alarm. From VOLTAGE_OV_FAULT status. | |||
82 | curr[1-12]_label "iout[1-12]". | 82 | curr[1-12]_label "iout[1-12]". |
83 | curr[1-12]_input Measured current. From READ_IOUT register. | 83 | curr[1-12]_input Measured current. From READ_IOUT register. |
84 | curr[1-12]_max Maximum current. From IOUT_OC_WARN_LIMIT register. | 84 | curr[1-12]_max Maximum current. From IOUT_OC_WARN_LIMIT register. |
85 | curr[1-12]_lcrit Critical minumum output current. From IOUT_UC_FAULT_LIMIT | 85 | curr[1-12]_lcrit Critical minimum output current. From IOUT_UC_FAULT_LIMIT |
86 | register. | 86 | register. |
87 | curr[1-12]_crit Critical maximum current. From IOUT_OC_FAULT_LIMIT register. | 87 | curr[1-12]_crit Critical maximum current. From IOUT_OC_FAULT_LIMIT register. |
88 | curr[1-12]_max_alarm Current high alarm. From IOUT_OC_WARNING status. | 88 | curr[1-12]_max_alarm Current high alarm. From IOUT_OC_WARNING status. |
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/ucd9200 b/Documentation/hwmon/ucd9200 index 3c58607f72fe..fd7d07b1908a 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/ucd9200 +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/ucd9200 | |||
@@ -54,9 +54,9 @@ attributes are read-only. | |||
54 | 54 | ||
55 | in1_label "vin". | 55 | in1_label "vin". |
56 | in1_input Measured voltage. From READ_VIN register. | 56 | in1_input Measured voltage. From READ_VIN register. |
57 | in1_min Minumum Voltage. From VIN_UV_WARN_LIMIT register. | 57 | in1_min Minimum Voltage. From VIN_UV_WARN_LIMIT register. |
58 | in1_max Maximum voltage. From VIN_OV_WARN_LIMIT register. | 58 | in1_max Maximum voltage. From VIN_OV_WARN_LIMIT register. |
59 | in1_lcrit Critical minumum Voltage. VIN_UV_FAULT_LIMIT register. | 59 | in1_lcrit Critical minimum Voltage. VIN_UV_FAULT_LIMIT register. |
60 | in1_crit Critical maximum voltage. From VIN_OV_FAULT_LIMIT register. | 60 | in1_crit Critical maximum voltage. From VIN_OV_FAULT_LIMIT register. |
61 | in1_min_alarm Voltage low alarm. From VIN_UV_WARNING status. | 61 | in1_min_alarm Voltage low alarm. From VIN_UV_WARNING status. |
62 | in1_max_alarm Voltage high alarm. From VIN_OV_WARNING status. | 62 | in1_max_alarm Voltage high alarm. From VIN_OV_WARNING status. |
@@ -65,9 +65,9 @@ in1_crit_alarm Voltage critical high alarm. From VIN_OV_FAULT status. | |||
65 | 65 | ||
66 | in[2-5]_label "vout[1-4]". | 66 | in[2-5]_label "vout[1-4]". |
67 | in[2-5]_input Measured voltage. From READ_VOUT register. | 67 | in[2-5]_input Measured voltage. From READ_VOUT register. |
68 | in[2-5]_min Minumum Voltage. From VOUT_UV_WARN_LIMIT register. | 68 | in[2-5]_min Minimum Voltage. From VOUT_UV_WARN_LIMIT register. |
69 | in[2-5]_max Maximum voltage. From VOUT_OV_WARN_LIMIT register. | 69 | in[2-5]_max Maximum voltage. From VOUT_OV_WARN_LIMIT register. |
70 | in[2-5]_lcrit Critical minumum Voltage. VOUT_UV_FAULT_LIMIT register. | 70 | in[2-5]_lcrit Critical minimum Voltage. VOUT_UV_FAULT_LIMIT register. |
71 | in[2-5]_crit Critical maximum voltage. From VOUT_OV_FAULT_LIMIT register. | 71 | in[2-5]_crit Critical maximum voltage. From VOUT_OV_FAULT_LIMIT register. |
72 | in[2-5]_min_alarm Voltage low alarm. From VOLTAGE_UV_WARNING status. | 72 | in[2-5]_min_alarm Voltage low alarm. From VOLTAGE_UV_WARNING status. |
73 | in[2-5]_max_alarm Voltage high alarm. From VOLTAGE_OV_WARNING status. | 73 | in[2-5]_max_alarm Voltage high alarm. From VOLTAGE_OV_WARNING status. |
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ curr1_input Measured current. From READ_IIN register. | |||
80 | curr[2-5]_label "iout[1-4]". | 80 | curr[2-5]_label "iout[1-4]". |
81 | curr[2-5]_input Measured current. From READ_IOUT register. | 81 | curr[2-5]_input Measured current. From READ_IOUT register. |
82 | curr[2-5]_max Maximum current. From IOUT_OC_WARN_LIMIT register. | 82 | curr[2-5]_max Maximum current. From IOUT_OC_WARN_LIMIT register. |
83 | curr[2-5]_lcrit Critical minumum output current. From IOUT_UC_FAULT_LIMIT | 83 | curr[2-5]_lcrit Critical minimum output current. From IOUT_UC_FAULT_LIMIT |
84 | register. | 84 | register. |
85 | curr[2-5]_crit Critical maximum current. From IOUT_OC_FAULT_LIMIT register. | 85 | curr[2-5]_crit Critical maximum current. From IOUT_OC_FAULT_LIMIT register. |
86 | curr[2-5]_max_alarm Current high alarm. From IOUT_OC_WARNING status. | 86 | curr[2-5]_max_alarm Current high alarm. From IOUT_OC_WARNING status. |
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/w83627ehf b/Documentation/hwmon/w83627ehf index 3f44dbdfda70..ceaf6f652b00 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/w83627ehf +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/w83627ehf | |||
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ W83627DHG, W83627DHG-P, W83627UHG, W83667HG, W83667HG-B, W83667HG-I | |||
50 | (NCT6775F), and NCT6776F super I/O chips. We will refer to them collectively | 50 | (NCT6775F), and NCT6776F super I/O chips. We will refer to them collectively |
51 | as Winbond chips. | 51 | as Winbond chips. |
52 | 52 | ||
53 | The chips implement 2 to 4 temperature sensors (9 for NCT6775F and NCT6776F), | 53 | The chips implement 3 to 4 temperature sensors (9 for NCT6775F and NCT6776F), |
54 | 2 to 5 fan rotation speed sensors, 8 to 10 analog voltage sensors, one VID | 54 | 2 to 5 fan rotation speed sensors, 8 to 10 analog voltage sensors, one VID |
55 | (except for 627UHG), alarms with beep warnings (control unimplemented), | 55 | (except for 627UHG), alarms with beep warnings (control unimplemented), |
56 | and some automatic fan regulation strategies (plus manual fan control mode). | 56 | and some automatic fan regulation strategies (plus manual fan control mode). |
@@ -143,8 +143,13 @@ pwm[1-4]_min_output - minimum fan speed (range 1 - 255), when the temperature | |||
143 | pwm[1-4]_stop_time - how many milliseconds [ms] must elapse to switch | 143 | pwm[1-4]_stop_time - how many milliseconds [ms] must elapse to switch |
144 | corresponding fan off. (when the temperature was below | 144 | corresponding fan off. (when the temperature was below |
145 | defined range). | 145 | defined range). |
146 | pwm[1-4]_start_output-minimum fan speed (range 1 - 255) when spinning up | ||
147 | pwm[1-4]_step_output- rate of fan speed change (1 - 255) | ||
148 | pwm[1-4]_stop_output- minimum fan speed (range 1 - 255) when spinning down | ||
149 | pwm[1-4]_max_output - maximum fan speed (range 1 - 255), when the temperature | ||
150 | is above defined range. | ||
146 | 151 | ||
147 | Note: last two functions are influenced by other control bits, not yet exported | 152 | Note: last six functions are influenced by other control bits, not yet exported |
148 | by the driver, so a change might not have any effect. | 153 | by the driver, so a change might not have any effect. |
149 | 154 | ||
150 | Implementation Details | 155 | Implementation Details |
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/zl6100 b/Documentation/hwmon/zl6100 index 51f76a189fee..a995b41724fd 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/zl6100 +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/zl6100 | |||
@@ -34,6 +34,14 @@ Supported chips: | |||
34 | Prefix: 'zl6105' | 34 | Prefix: 'zl6105' |
35 | Addresses scanned: - | 35 | Addresses scanned: - |
36 | Datasheet: http://www.intersil.com/data/fn/fn6906.pdf | 36 | Datasheet: http://www.intersil.com/data/fn/fn6906.pdf |
37 | * Intersil / Zilker Labs ZL9101M | ||
38 | Prefix: 'zl9101' | ||
39 | Addresses scanned: - | ||
40 | Datasheet: http://www.intersil.com/data/fn/fn7669.pdf | ||
41 | * Intersil / Zilker Labs ZL9117M | ||
42 | Prefix: 'zl9117' | ||
43 | Addresses scanned: - | ||
44 | Datasheet: http://www.intersil.com/data/fn/fn7914.pdf | ||
37 | * Ericsson BMR450, BMR451 | 45 | * Ericsson BMR450, BMR451 |
38 | Prefix: 'bmr450', 'bmr451' | 46 | Prefix: 'bmr450', 'bmr451' |
39 | Addresses scanned: - | 47 | Addresses scanned: - |
@@ -88,14 +96,12 @@ Module parameters | |||
88 | delay | 96 | delay |
89 | ----- | 97 | ----- |
90 | 98 | ||
91 | Some Intersil/Zilker Labs DC-DC controllers require a minimum interval between | 99 | Intersil/Zilker Labs DC-DC controllers require a minimum interval between I2C |
92 | I2C bus accesses. According to Intersil, the minimum interval is 2 ms, though | 100 | bus accesses. According to Intersil, the minimum interval is 2 ms, though 1 ms |
93 | 1 ms appears to be sufficient and has not caused any problems in testing. | 101 | appears to be sufficient and has not caused any problems in testing. The problem |
94 | The problem is known to affect ZL6100, ZL2105, and ZL2008. It is known not to | 102 | is known to affect all currently supported chips. For manual override, the |
95 | affect ZL2004 and ZL6105. The driver automatically sets the interval to 1 ms | 103 | driver provides a writeable module parameter, 'delay', which can be used to set |
96 | except for ZL2004 and ZL6105. To enable manual override, the driver provides a | 104 | the interval to a value between 0 and 65,535 microseconds. |
97 | writeable module parameter, 'delay', which can be used to set the interval to | ||
98 | a value between 0 and 65,535 microseconds. | ||
99 | 105 | ||
100 | 106 | ||
101 | Sysfs entries | 107 | Sysfs entries |
@@ -108,7 +114,7 @@ in1_label "vin" | |||
108 | in1_input Measured input voltage. | 114 | in1_input Measured input voltage. |
109 | in1_min Minimum input voltage. | 115 | in1_min Minimum input voltage. |
110 | in1_max Maximum input voltage. | 116 | in1_max Maximum input voltage. |
111 | in1_lcrit Critical minumum input voltage. | 117 | in1_lcrit Critical minimum input voltage. |
112 | in1_crit Critical maximum input voltage. | 118 | in1_crit Critical maximum input voltage. |
113 | in1_min_alarm Input voltage low alarm. | 119 | in1_min_alarm Input voltage low alarm. |
114 | in1_max_alarm Input voltage high alarm. | 120 | in1_max_alarm Input voltage high alarm. |
@@ -117,7 +123,7 @@ in1_crit_alarm Input voltage critical high alarm. | |||
117 | 123 | ||
118 | in2_label "vout1" | 124 | in2_label "vout1" |
119 | in2_input Measured output voltage. | 125 | in2_input Measured output voltage. |
120 | in2_lcrit Critical minumum output Voltage. | 126 | in2_lcrit Critical minimum output Voltage. |
121 | in2_crit Critical maximum output voltage. | 127 | in2_crit Critical maximum output voltage. |
122 | in2_lcrit_alarm Critical output voltage critical low alarm. | 128 | in2_lcrit_alarm Critical output voltage critical low alarm. |
123 | in2_crit_alarm Critical output voltage critical high alarm. | 129 | in2_crit_alarm Critical output voltage critical high alarm. |
diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/instantiating-devices b/Documentation/i2c/instantiating-devices index 9edb75d8c9b9..abf63615ee05 100644 --- a/Documentation/i2c/instantiating-devices +++ b/Documentation/i2c/instantiating-devices | |||
@@ -87,11 +87,11 @@ it may have different addresses from one board to the next (manufacturer | |||
87 | changing its design without notice). In this case, you can call | 87 | changing its design without notice). In this case, you can call |
88 | i2c_new_probed_device() instead of i2c_new_device(). | 88 | i2c_new_probed_device() instead of i2c_new_device(). |
89 | 89 | ||
90 | Example (from the pnx4008 OHCI driver): | 90 | Example (from the nxp OHCI driver): |
91 | 91 | ||
92 | static const unsigned short normal_i2c[] = { 0x2c, 0x2d, I2C_CLIENT_END }; | 92 | static const unsigned short normal_i2c[] = { 0x2c, 0x2d, I2C_CLIENT_END }; |
93 | 93 | ||
94 | static int __devinit usb_hcd_pnx4008_probe(struct platform_device *pdev) | 94 | static int __devinit usb_hcd_nxp_probe(struct platform_device *pdev) |
95 | { | 95 | { |
96 | (...) | 96 | (...) |
97 | struct i2c_adapter *i2c_adap; | 97 | struct i2c_adapter *i2c_adap; |
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ static int __devinit usb_hcd_pnx4008_probe(struct platform_device *pdev) | |||
100 | (...) | 100 | (...) |
101 | i2c_adap = i2c_get_adapter(2); | 101 | i2c_adap = i2c_get_adapter(2); |
102 | memset(&i2c_info, 0, sizeof(struct i2c_board_info)); | 102 | memset(&i2c_info, 0, sizeof(struct i2c_board_info)); |
103 | strlcpy(i2c_info.type, "isp1301_pnx", I2C_NAME_SIZE); | 103 | strlcpy(i2c_info.type, "isp1301_nxp", I2C_NAME_SIZE); |
104 | isp1301_i2c_client = i2c_new_probed_device(i2c_adap, &i2c_info, | 104 | isp1301_i2c_client = i2c_new_probed_device(i2c_adap, &i2c_info, |
105 | normal_i2c, NULL); | 105 | normal_i2c, NULL); |
106 | i2c_put_adapter(i2c_adap); | 106 | i2c_put_adapter(i2c_adap); |
diff --git a/Documentation/i2o/ioctl b/Documentation/i2o/ioctl index 22ca53a67e23..27c3c5493116 100644 --- a/Documentation/i2o/ioctl +++ b/Documentation/i2o/ioctl | |||
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ VI. Setting Parameters | |||
138 | 138 | ||
139 | The return value is the size in bytes of the data written into | 139 | The return value is the size in bytes of the data written into |
140 | ops->resbuf if no errors occur. If an error occurs, -1 is returned | 140 | ops->resbuf if no errors occur. If an error occurs, -1 is returned |
141 | and errno is set appropriatly: | 141 | and errno is set appropriately: |
142 | 142 | ||
143 | EFAULT Invalid user space pointer was passed | 143 | EFAULT Invalid user space pointer was passed |
144 | ENXIO Invalid IOP number | 144 | ENXIO Invalid IOP number |
@@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ VIII. Downloading Software | |||
222 | RETURNS | 222 | RETURNS |
223 | 223 | ||
224 | This function returns 0 no errors occur. If an error occurs, -1 | 224 | This function returns 0 no errors occur. If an error occurs, -1 |
225 | is returned and errno is set appropriatly: | 225 | is returned and errno is set appropriately: |
226 | 226 | ||
227 | EFAULT Invalid user space pointer was passed | 227 | EFAULT Invalid user space pointer was passed |
228 | ENXIO Invalid IOP number | 228 | ENXIO Invalid IOP number |
@@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ IX. Uploading Software | |||
264 | RETURNS | 264 | RETURNS |
265 | 265 | ||
266 | This function returns 0 if no errors occur. If an error occurs, -1 | 266 | This function returns 0 if no errors occur. If an error occurs, -1 |
267 | is returned and errno is set appropriatly: | 267 | is returned and errno is set appropriately: |
268 | 268 | ||
269 | EFAULT Invalid user space pointer was passed | 269 | EFAULT Invalid user space pointer was passed |
270 | ENXIO Invalid IOP number | 270 | ENXIO Invalid IOP number |
@@ -301,7 +301,7 @@ X. Removing Software | |||
301 | RETURNS | 301 | RETURNS |
302 | 302 | ||
303 | This function returns 0 if no errors occur. If an error occurs, -1 | 303 | This function returns 0 if no errors occur. If an error occurs, -1 |
304 | is returned and errno is set appropriatly: | 304 | is returned and errno is set appropriately: |
305 | 305 | ||
306 | EFAULT Invalid user space pointer was passed | 306 | EFAULT Invalid user space pointer was passed |
307 | ENXIO Invalid IOP number | 307 | ENXIO Invalid IOP number |
@@ -325,7 +325,7 @@ X. Validating Configuration | |||
325 | RETURNS | 325 | RETURNS |
326 | 326 | ||
327 | This function returns 0 if no erro occur. If an error occurs, -1 is | 327 | This function returns 0 if no erro occur. If an error occurs, -1 is |
328 | returned and errno is set appropriatly: | 328 | returned and errno is set appropriately: |
329 | 329 | ||
330 | ETIMEDOUT Timeout waiting for reply message | 330 | ETIMEDOUT Timeout waiting for reply message |
331 | ENXIO Invalid IOP number | 331 | ENXIO Invalid IOP number |
@@ -360,7 +360,7 @@ XI. Configuration Dialog | |||
360 | RETURNS | 360 | RETURNS |
361 | 361 | ||
362 | This function returns 0 if no error occur. If an error occurs, -1 | 362 | This function returns 0 if no error occur. If an error occurs, -1 |
363 | is returned and errno is set appropriatly: | 363 | is returned and errno is set appropriately: |
364 | 364 | ||
365 | EFAULT Invalid user space pointer was passed | 365 | EFAULT Invalid user space pointer was passed |
366 | ENXIO Invalid IOP number | 366 | ENXIO Invalid IOP number |
diff --git a/Documentation/ide/ChangeLog.ide-cd.1994-2004 b/Documentation/ide/ChangeLog.ide-cd.1994-2004 index 190d17bfff62..4cc3ad99f39b 100644 --- a/Documentation/ide/ChangeLog.ide-cd.1994-2004 +++ b/Documentation/ide/ChangeLog.ide-cd.1994-2004 | |||
@@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ | |||
175 | * since the .pdf version doesn't seem to work... | 175 | * since the .pdf version doesn't seem to work... |
176 | * -- Updated the TODO list to something more current. | 176 | * -- Updated the TODO list to something more current. |
177 | * | 177 | * |
178 | * 4.15 Aug 25, 1998 -- Updated ide-cd.h to respect mechine endianess, | 178 | * 4.15 Aug 25, 1998 -- Updated ide-cd.h to respect machine endianness, |
179 | * patch thanks to "Eddie C. Dost" <ecd@skynet.be> | 179 | * patch thanks to "Eddie C. Dost" <ecd@skynet.be> |
180 | * | 180 | * |
181 | * 4.50 Oct 19, 1998 -- New maintainers! | 181 | * 4.50 Oct 19, 1998 -- New maintainers! |
diff --git a/Documentation/input/alps.txt b/Documentation/input/alps.txt index f274c28b5103..ae8ba9a74ce1 100644 --- a/Documentation/input/alps.txt +++ b/Documentation/input/alps.txt | |||
@@ -13,7 +13,8 @@ Detection | |||
13 | 13 | ||
14 | All ALPS touchpads should respond to the "E6 report" command sequence: | 14 | All ALPS touchpads should respond to the "E6 report" command sequence: |
15 | E8-E6-E6-E6-E9. An ALPS touchpad should respond with either 00-00-0A or | 15 | E8-E6-E6-E6-E9. An ALPS touchpad should respond with either 00-00-0A or |
16 | 00-00-64. | 16 | 00-00-64 if no buttons are pressed. The bits 0-2 of the first byte will be 1s |
17 | if some buttons are pressed. | ||
17 | 18 | ||
18 | If the E6 report is successful, the touchpad model is identified using the "E7 | 19 | If the E6 report is successful, the touchpad model is identified using the "E7 |
19 | report" sequence: E8-E7-E7-E7-E9. The response is the model signature and is | 20 | report" sequence: E8-E7-E7-E7-E9. The response is the model signature and is |
@@ -131,8 +132,8 @@ number of contacts (f1 and f0 in the table below). | |||
131 | byte 5: 0 1 ? ? ? ? f1 f0 | 132 | byte 5: 0 1 ? ? ? ? f1 f0 |
132 | 133 | ||
133 | This packet only appears after a position packet with the mt bit set, and | 134 | This packet only appears after a position packet with the mt bit set, and |
134 | ususally only appears when there are two or more contacts (although | 135 | usually only appears when there are two or more contacts (although |
135 | ocassionally it's seen with only a single contact). | 136 | occassionally it's seen with only a single contact). |
136 | 137 | ||
137 | The final v3 packet type is the trackstick packet. | 138 | The final v3 packet type is the trackstick packet. |
138 | 139 | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/input/joystick.txt b/Documentation/input/joystick.txt index 8007b7ca87bf..304262bb661a 100644 --- a/Documentation/input/joystick.txt +++ b/Documentation/input/joystick.txt | |||
@@ -330,7 +330,7 @@ the USB documentation for how to setup an USB mouse. | |||
330 | The TM DirectConnect (BSP) protocol is supported by the tmdc.c | 330 | The TM DirectConnect (BSP) protocol is supported by the tmdc.c |
331 | module. This includes, but is not limited to: | 331 | module. This includes, but is not limited to: |
332 | 332 | ||
333 | * ThrustMaster Millenium 3D Inceptor | 333 | * ThrustMaster Millennium 3D Interceptor |
334 | * ThrustMaster 3D Rage Pad | 334 | * ThrustMaster 3D Rage Pad |
335 | * ThrustMaster Fusion Digital Game Pad | 335 | * ThrustMaster Fusion Digital Game Pad |
336 | 336 | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/ioctl/hdio.txt b/Documentation/ioctl/hdio.txt index 91a6ecbae0bb..18eb98c44ffe 100644 --- a/Documentation/ioctl/hdio.txt +++ b/Documentation/ioctl/hdio.txt | |||
@@ -596,7 +596,7 @@ HDIO_DRIVE_TASKFILE execute raw taskfile | |||
596 | if CHS/LBA28 | 596 | if CHS/LBA28 |
597 | 597 | ||
598 | The association between in_flags.all and each enable | 598 | The association between in_flags.all and each enable |
599 | bitfield flips depending on endianess; fortunately, TASKFILE | 599 | bitfield flips depending on endianness; fortunately, TASKFILE |
600 | only uses inflags.b.data bit and ignores all other bits. | 600 | only uses inflags.b.data bit and ignores all other bits. |
601 | The end result is that, on any endian machines, it has no | 601 | The end result is that, on any endian machines, it has no |
602 | effect other than modifying in_flags on completion. | 602 | effect other than modifying in_flags on completion. |
@@ -720,7 +720,7 @@ HDIO_DRIVE_TASKFILE execute raw taskfile | |||
720 | 720 | ||
721 | [6] Do not access {in|out}_flags->all except for resetting | 721 | [6] Do not access {in|out}_flags->all except for resetting |
722 | all the bits. Always access individual bit fields. ->all | 722 | all the bits. Always access individual bit fields. ->all |
723 | value will flip depending on endianess. For the same | 723 | value will flip depending on endianness. For the same |
724 | reason, do not use IDE_{TASKFILE|HOB}_STD_{OUT|IN}_FLAGS | 724 | reason, do not use IDE_{TASKFILE|HOB}_STD_{OUT|IN}_FLAGS |
725 | constants defined in hdreg.h. | 725 | constants defined in hdreg.h. |
726 | 726 | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt b/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt index 4840334ea97b..68fbfb6529eb 100644 --- a/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt +++ b/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt | |||
@@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ Code Seq#(hex) Include File Comments | |||
189 | 'Y' all linux/cyclades.h | 189 | 'Y' all linux/cyclades.h |
190 | 'Z' 14-15 drivers/message/fusion/mptctl.h | 190 | 'Z' 14-15 drivers/message/fusion/mptctl.h |
191 | '[' 00-07 linux/usb/tmc.h USB Test and Measurement Devices | 191 | '[' 00-07 linux/usb/tmc.h USB Test and Measurement Devices |
192 | <mailto:gregkh@suse.de> | 192 | <mailto:gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> |
193 | 'a' all linux/atm*.h, linux/sonet.h ATM on linux | 193 | 'a' all linux/atm*.h, linux/sonet.h ATM on linux |
194 | <http://lrcwww.epfl.ch/> | 194 | <http://lrcwww.epfl.ch/> |
195 | 'b' 00-FF conflict! bit3 vme host bridge | 195 | 'b' 00-FF conflict! bit3 vme host bridge |
@@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ Code Seq#(hex) Include File Comments | |||
255 | linux/ixjuser.h <http://web.archive.org/web/*/http://www.quicknet.net> | 255 | linux/ixjuser.h <http://web.archive.org/web/*/http://www.quicknet.net> |
256 | 'r' 00-1F linux/msdos_fs.h and fs/fat/dir.c | 256 | 'r' 00-1F linux/msdos_fs.h and fs/fat/dir.c |
257 | 's' all linux/cdk.h | 257 | 's' all linux/cdk.h |
258 | 't' 00-7F linux/if_ppp.h | 258 | 't' 00-7F linux/ppp-ioctl.h |
259 | 't' 80-8F linux/isdn_ppp.h | 259 | 't' 80-8F linux/isdn_ppp.h |
260 | 't' 90 linux/toshiba.h | 260 | 't' 90 linux/toshiba.h |
261 | 'u' 00-1F linux/smb_fs.h gone | 261 | 'u' 00-1F linux/smb_fs.h gone |
diff --git a/Documentation/kbuild/kconfig-language.txt b/Documentation/kbuild/kconfig-language.txt index 44e2649fbb29..a686f9cd69c1 100644 --- a/Documentation/kbuild/kconfig-language.txt +++ b/Documentation/kbuild/kconfig-language.txt | |||
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ applicable everywhere (see syntax). | |||
117 | This attribute is only applicable to menu blocks, if the condition is | 117 | This attribute is only applicable to menu blocks, if the condition is |
118 | false, the menu block is not displayed to the user (the symbols | 118 | false, the menu block is not displayed to the user (the symbols |
119 | contained there can still be selected by other symbols, though). It is | 119 | contained there can still be selected by other symbols, though). It is |
120 | similar to a conditional "prompt" attribude for individual menu | 120 | similar to a conditional "prompt" attribute for individual menu |
121 | entries. Default value of "visible" is true. | 121 | entries. Default value of "visible" is true. |
122 | 122 | ||
123 | - numerical ranges: "range" <symbol> <symbol> ["if" <expr>] | 123 | - numerical ranges: "range" <symbol> <symbol> ["if" <expr>] |
diff --git a/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt b/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt index 033d4e69b43b..8cadb7551fca 100644 --- a/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt +++ b/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt | |||
@@ -950,7 +950,7 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. | |||
950 | controller | 950 | controller |
951 | i8042.nopnp [HW] Don't use ACPIPnP / PnPBIOS to discover KBD/AUX | 951 | i8042.nopnp [HW] Don't use ACPIPnP / PnPBIOS to discover KBD/AUX |
952 | controllers | 952 | controllers |
953 | i8042.notimeout [HW] Ignore timeout condition signalled by conroller | 953 | i8042.notimeout [HW] Ignore timeout condition signalled by controller |
954 | i8042.reset [HW] Reset the controller during init and cleanup | 954 | i8042.reset [HW] Reset the controller during init and cleanup |
955 | i8042.unlock [HW] Unlock (ignore) the keylock | 955 | i8042.unlock [HW] Unlock (ignore) the keylock |
956 | 956 | ||
@@ -2211,6 +2211,12 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. | |||
2211 | 2211 | ||
2212 | default: off. | 2212 | default: off. |
2213 | 2213 | ||
2214 | printk.always_kmsg_dump= | ||
2215 | Trigger kmsg_dump for cases other than kernel oops or | ||
2216 | panics | ||
2217 | Format: <bool> (1/Y/y=enable, 0/N/n=disable) | ||
2218 | default: disabled | ||
2219 | |||
2214 | printk.time= Show timing data prefixed to each printk message line | 2220 | printk.time= Show timing data prefixed to each printk message line |
2215 | Format: <bool> (1/Y/y=enable, 0/N/n=disable) | 2221 | Format: <bool> (1/Y/y=enable, 0/N/n=disable) |
2216 | 2222 | ||
@@ -2434,7 +2440,7 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. | |||
2434 | For more information see Documentation/vm/slub.txt. | 2440 | For more information see Documentation/vm/slub.txt. |
2435 | 2441 | ||
2436 | slub_min_order= [MM, SLUB] | 2442 | slub_min_order= [MM, SLUB] |
2437 | Determines the mininum page order for slabs. Must be | 2443 | Determines the minimum page order for slabs. Must be |
2438 | lower than slub_max_order. | 2444 | lower than slub_max_order. |
2439 | For more information see Documentation/vm/slub.txt. | 2445 | For more information see Documentation/vm/slub.txt. |
2440 | 2446 | ||
@@ -2600,7 +2606,7 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. | |||
2600 | 2606 | ||
2601 | threadirqs [KNL] | 2607 | threadirqs [KNL] |
2602 | Force threading of all interrupt handlers except those | 2608 | Force threading of all interrupt handlers except those |
2603 | marked explicitely IRQF_NO_THREAD. | 2609 | marked explicitly IRQF_NO_THREAD. |
2604 | 2610 | ||
2605 | topology= [S390] | 2611 | topology= [S390] |
2606 | Format: {off | on} | 2612 | Format: {off | on} |
diff --git a/Documentation/ko_KR/HOWTO b/Documentation/ko_KR/HOWTO index ab5189ae3428..2f48f205fedc 100644 --- a/Documentation/ko_KR/HOWTO +++ b/Documentation/ko_KR/HOWTO | |||
@@ -354,7 +354,7 @@ Andrew Morton에 의해 배포된 실험적인 커널 패치들이다. Andrew는 | |||
354 | git.kernel.org:/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jejb/scsi-misc-2.6.git | 354 | git.kernel.org:/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jejb/scsi-misc-2.6.git |
355 | 355 | ||
356 | quilt trees: | 356 | quilt trees: |
357 | - USB, PCI, Driver Core, and I2C, Greg Kroah-Hartman < gregkh@suse.de> | 357 | - USB, PCI, Driver Core, and I2C, Greg Kroah-Hartman < gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> |
358 | kernel.org/pub/linux/kernel/people/gregkh/gregkh-2.6/ | 358 | kernel.org/pub/linux/kernel/people/gregkh/gregkh-2.6/ |
359 | - x86-64, partly i386, Andi Kleen < ak@suse.de> | 359 | - x86-64, partly i386, Andi Kleen < ak@suse.de> |
360 | ftp.firstfloor.org:/pub/ak/x86_64/quilt/ | 360 | ftp.firstfloor.org:/pub/ak/x86_64/quilt/ |
diff --git a/Documentation/kobject.txt b/Documentation/kobject.txt index 3ab2472509cb..49578cf1aea5 100644 --- a/Documentation/kobject.txt +++ b/Documentation/kobject.txt | |||
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ | |||
1 | Everything you never wanted to know about kobjects, ksets, and ktypes | 1 | Everything you never wanted to know about kobjects, ksets, and ktypes |
2 | 2 | ||
3 | Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de> | 3 | Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> |
4 | 4 | ||
5 | Based on an original article by Jon Corbet for lwn.net written October 1, | 5 | Based on an original article by Jon Corbet for lwn.net written October 1, |
6 | 2003 and located at http://lwn.net/Articles/51437/ | 6 | 2003 and located at http://lwn.net/Articles/51437/ |
diff --git a/Documentation/lockup-watchdogs.txt b/Documentation/lockup-watchdogs.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..d2a36602ca8d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/lockup-watchdogs.txt | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ | |||
1 | =============================================================== | ||
2 | Softlockup detector and hardlockup detector (aka nmi_watchdog) | ||
3 | =============================================================== | ||
4 | |||
5 | The Linux kernel can act as a watchdog to detect both soft and hard | ||
6 | lockups. | ||
7 | |||
8 | A 'softlockup' is defined as a bug that causes the kernel to loop in | ||
9 | kernel mode for more than 20 seconds (see "Implementation" below for | ||
10 | details), without giving other tasks a chance to run. The current | ||
11 | stack trace is displayed upon detection and, by default, the system | ||
12 | will stay locked up. Alternatively, the kernel can be configured to | ||
13 | panic; a sysctl, "kernel.softlockup_panic", a kernel parameter, | ||
14 | "softlockup_panic" (see "Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt" for | ||
15 | details), and a compile option, "BOOTPARAM_HARDLOCKUP_PANIC", are | ||
16 | provided for this. | ||
17 | |||
18 | A 'hardlockup' is defined as a bug that causes the CPU to loop in | ||
19 | kernel mode for more than 10 seconds (see "Implementation" below for | ||
20 | details), without letting other interrupts have a chance to run. | ||
21 | Similarly to the softlockup case, the current stack trace is displayed | ||
22 | upon detection and the system will stay locked up unless the default | ||
23 | behavior is changed, which can be done through a compile time knob, | ||
24 | "BOOTPARAM_HARDLOCKUP_PANIC", and a kernel parameter, "nmi_watchdog" | ||
25 | (see "Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt" for details). | ||
26 | |||
27 | The panic option can be used in combination with panic_timeout (this | ||
28 | timeout is set through the confusingly named "kernel.panic" sysctl), | ||
29 | to cause the system to reboot automatically after a specified amount | ||
30 | of time. | ||
31 | |||
32 | === Implementation === | ||
33 | |||
34 | The soft and hard lockup detectors are built on top of the hrtimer and | ||
35 | perf subsystems, respectively. A direct consequence of this is that, | ||
36 | in principle, they should work in any architecture where these | ||
37 | subsystems are present. | ||
38 | |||
39 | A periodic hrtimer runs to generate interrupts and kick the watchdog | ||
40 | task. An NMI perf event is generated every "watchdog_thresh" | ||
41 | (compile-time initialized to 10 and configurable through sysctl of the | ||
42 | same name) seconds to check for hardlockups. If any CPU in the system | ||
43 | does not receive any hrtimer interrupt during that time the | ||
44 | 'hardlockup detector' (the handler for the NMI perf event) will | ||
45 | generate a kernel warning or call panic, depending on the | ||
46 | configuration. | ||
47 | |||
48 | The watchdog task is a high priority kernel thread that updates a | ||
49 | timestamp every time it is scheduled. If that timestamp is not updated | ||
50 | for 2*watchdog_thresh seconds (the softlockup threshold) the | ||
51 | 'softlockup detector' (coded inside the hrtimer callback function) | ||
52 | will dump useful debug information to the system log, after which it | ||
53 | will call panic if it was instructed to do so or resume execution of | ||
54 | other kernel code. | ||
55 | |||
56 | The period of the hrtimer is 2*watchdog_thresh/5, which means it has | ||
57 | two or three chances to generate an interrupt before the hardlockup | ||
58 | detector kicks in. | ||
59 | |||
60 | As explained above, a kernel knob is provided that allows | ||
61 | administrators to configure the period of the hrtimer and the perf | ||
62 | event. The right value for a particular environment is a trade-off | ||
63 | between fast response to lockups and detection overhead. | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/magic-number.txt b/Documentation/magic-number.txt index abf481f780ec..82761a31d64d 100644 --- a/Documentation/magic-number.txt +++ b/Documentation/magic-number.txt | |||
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ TTY_DRIVER_MAGIC 0x5402 tty_driver include/linux/tty_driver.h | |||
89 | MGSLPC_MAGIC 0x5402 mgslpc_info drivers/char/pcmcia/synclink_cs.c | 89 | MGSLPC_MAGIC 0x5402 mgslpc_info drivers/char/pcmcia/synclink_cs.c |
90 | TTY_LDISC_MAGIC 0x5403 tty_ldisc include/linux/tty_ldisc.h | 90 | TTY_LDISC_MAGIC 0x5403 tty_ldisc include/linux/tty_ldisc.h |
91 | USB_SERIAL_MAGIC 0x6702 usb_serial drivers/usb/serial/usb-serial.h | 91 | USB_SERIAL_MAGIC 0x6702 usb_serial drivers/usb/serial/usb-serial.h |
92 | FULL_DUPLEX_MAGIC 0x6969 drivers/net/tulip/de2104x.c | 92 | FULL_DUPLEX_MAGIC 0x6969 drivers/net/ethernet/dec/tulip/de2104x.c |
93 | USB_BLUETOOTH_MAGIC 0x6d02 usb_bluetooth drivers/usb/class/bluetty.c | 93 | USB_BLUETOOTH_MAGIC 0x6d02 usb_bluetooth drivers/usb/class/bluetty.c |
94 | RFCOMM_TTY_MAGIC 0x6d02 net/bluetooth/rfcomm/tty.c | 94 | RFCOMM_TTY_MAGIC 0x6d02 net/bluetooth/rfcomm/tty.c |
95 | USB_SERIAL_PORT_MAGIC 0x7301 usb_serial_port drivers/usb/serial/usb-serial.h | 95 | USB_SERIAL_PORT_MAGIC 0x7301 usb_serial_port drivers/usb/serial/usb-serial.h |
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/LICENSE.qlge b/Documentation/networking/LICENSE.qlge index 123b6edd7f18..ce64e4d15b21 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/LICENSE.qlge +++ b/Documentation/networking/LICENSE.qlge | |||
@@ -1,46 +1,288 @@ | |||
1 | Copyright (c) 2003-2008 QLogic Corporation | 1 | Copyright (c) 2003-2011 QLogic Corporation |
2 | QLogic Linux Networking HBA Driver | 2 | QLogic Linux qlge NIC Driver |
3 | 3 | ||
4 | This program includes a device driver for Linux 2.6 that may be | ||
5 | distributed with QLogic hardware specific firmware binary file. | ||
6 | You may modify and redistribute the device driver code under the | 4 | You may modify and redistribute the device driver code under the |
7 | GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software | 5 | GNU General Public License (a copy of which is attached hereto as |
8 | Foundation (version 2 or a later version). | 6 | Exhibit A) published by the Free Software Foundation (version 2). |
9 | |||
10 | You may redistribute the hardware specific firmware binary file | ||
11 | under the following terms: | ||
12 | |||
13 | 1. Redistribution of source code (only if applicable), | ||
14 | must retain the above copyright notice, this list of | ||
15 | conditions and the following disclaimer. | ||
16 | |||
17 | 2. Redistribution in binary form must reproduce the above | ||
18 | copyright notice, this list of conditions and the | ||
19 | following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other | ||
20 | materials provided with the distribution. | ||
21 | |||
22 | 3. The name of QLogic Corporation may not be used to | ||
23 | endorse or promote products derived from this software | ||
24 | without specific prior written permission | ||
25 | |||
26 | REGARDLESS OF WHAT LICENSING MECHANISM IS USED OR APPLICABLE, | ||
27 | THIS PROGRAM IS PROVIDED BY QLOGIC CORPORATION "AS IS'' AND ANY | ||
28 | EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE | ||
29 | IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A | ||
30 | PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR | ||
31 | BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, | ||
32 | EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED | ||
33 | TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, | ||
34 | DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON | ||
35 | ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, | ||
36 | OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY | ||
37 | OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE | ||
38 | POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. | ||
39 | |||
40 | USER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT USE OF THIS PROGRAM WILL NOT | ||
41 | CREATE OR GIVE GROUNDS FOR A LICENSE BY IMPLICATION, ESTOPPEL, OR | ||
42 | OTHERWISE IN ANY INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS (PATENT, COPYRIGHT, | ||
43 | TRADE SECRET, MASK WORK, OR OTHER PROPRIETARY RIGHT) EMBODIED IN | ||
44 | ANY OTHER QLOGIC HARDWARE OR SOFTWARE EITHER SOLELY OR IN | ||
45 | COMBINATION WITH THIS PROGRAM. | ||
46 | 7 | ||
8 | |||
9 | EXHIBIT A | ||
10 | |||
11 | GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE | ||
12 | Version 2, June 1991 | ||
13 | |||
14 | Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. | ||
15 | 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA | ||
16 | Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies | ||
17 | of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. | ||
18 | |||
19 | Preamble | ||
20 | |||
21 | The licenses for most software are designed to take away your | ||
22 | freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public | ||
23 | License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free | ||
24 | software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This | ||
25 | General Public License applies to most of the Free Software | ||
26 | Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to | ||
27 | using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by | ||
28 | the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to | ||
29 | your programs, too. | ||
30 | |||
31 | When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not | ||
32 | price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you | ||
33 | have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for | ||
34 | this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it | ||
35 | if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it | ||
36 | in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. | ||
37 | |||
38 | To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid | ||
39 | anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. | ||
40 | These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you | ||
41 | distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. | ||
42 | |||
43 | For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether | ||
44 | gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that | ||
45 | you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the | ||
46 | source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their | ||
47 | rights. | ||
48 | |||
49 | We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and | ||
50 | (2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, | ||
51 | distribute and/or modify the software. | ||
52 | |||
53 | Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain | ||
54 | that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free | ||
55 | software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we | ||
56 | want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so | ||
57 | that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original | ||
58 | authors' reputations. | ||
59 | |||
60 | Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software | ||
61 | patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free | ||
62 | program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the | ||
63 | program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any | ||
64 | patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. | ||
65 | |||
66 | The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and | ||
67 | modification follow. | ||
68 | |||
69 | GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE | ||
70 | TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION | ||
71 | |||
72 | 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains | ||
73 | a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed | ||
74 | under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, | ||
75 | refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" | ||
76 | means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: | ||
77 | that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, | ||
78 | either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another | ||
79 | language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in | ||
80 | the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". | ||
81 | |||
82 | Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not | ||
83 | covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of | ||
84 | running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program | ||
85 | is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the | ||
86 | Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). | ||
87 | Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. | ||
88 | |||
89 | 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's | ||
90 | source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you | ||
91 | conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate | ||
92 | copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the | ||
93 | notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; | ||
94 | and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License | ||
95 | along with the Program. | ||
96 | |||
97 | You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and | ||
98 | you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. | ||
99 | |||
100 | 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion | ||
101 | of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and | ||
102 | distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 | ||
103 | above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: | ||
104 | |||
105 | a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices | ||
106 | stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. | ||
107 | |||
108 | b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in | ||
109 | whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any | ||
110 | part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third | ||
111 | parties under the terms of this License. | ||
112 | |||
113 | c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively | ||
114 | when run, you must cause it, when started running for such | ||
115 | interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an | ||
116 | announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a | ||
117 | notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide | ||
118 | a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under | ||
119 | these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this | ||
120 | License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but | ||
121 | does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on | ||
122 | the Program is not required to print an announcement.) | ||
123 | |||
124 | These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If | ||
125 | identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, | ||
126 | and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in | ||
127 | themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those | ||
128 | sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you | ||
129 | distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based | ||
130 | on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of | ||
131 | this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the | ||
132 | entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. | ||
133 | |||
134 | Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest | ||
135 | your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to | ||
136 | exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or | ||
137 | collective works based on the Program. | ||
138 | |||
139 | In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program | ||
140 | with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of | ||
141 | a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under | ||
142 | the scope of this License. | ||
143 | |||
144 | 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, | ||
145 | under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of | ||
146 | Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: | ||
147 | |||
148 | a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable | ||
149 | source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections | ||
150 | 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, | ||
151 | |||
152 | b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three | ||
153 | years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your | ||
154 | cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete | ||
155 | machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be | ||
156 | distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium | ||
157 | customarily used for software interchange; or, | ||
158 | |||
159 | c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer | ||
160 | to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is | ||
161 | allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you | ||
162 | received the program in object code or executable form with such | ||
163 | an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) | ||
164 | |||
165 | The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for | ||
166 | making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source | ||
167 | code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any | ||
168 | associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to | ||
169 | control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a | ||
170 | special exception, the source code distributed need not include | ||
171 | anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary | ||
172 | form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the | ||
173 | operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component | ||
174 | itself accompanies the executable. | ||
175 | |||
176 | If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering | ||
177 | access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent | ||
178 | access to copy the source code from the same place counts as | ||
179 | distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not | ||
180 | compelled to copy the source along with the object code. | ||
181 | |||
182 | 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program | ||
183 | except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt | ||
184 | otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is | ||
185 | void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. | ||
186 | However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under | ||
187 | this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such | ||
188 | parties remain in full compliance. | ||
189 | |||
190 | 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not | ||
191 | signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or | ||
192 | distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are | ||
193 | prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by | ||
194 | modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the | ||
195 | Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and | ||
196 | all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying | ||
197 | the Program or works based on it. | ||
198 | |||
199 | 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the | ||
200 | Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the | ||
201 | original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to | ||
202 | these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further | ||
203 | restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. | ||
204 | You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to | ||
205 | this License. | ||
206 | |||
207 | 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent | ||
208 | infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), | ||
209 | conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or | ||
210 | otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not | ||
211 | excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot | ||
212 | distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this | ||
213 | License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you | ||
214 | may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent | ||
215 | license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by | ||
216 | all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then | ||
217 | the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to | ||
218 | refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. | ||
219 | |||
220 | If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under | ||
221 | any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to | ||
222 | apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other | ||
223 | circumstances. | ||
224 | |||
225 | It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any | ||
226 | patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any | ||
227 | such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the | ||
228 | integrity of the free software distribution system, which is | ||
229 | implemented by public license practices. Many people have made | ||
230 | generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed | ||
231 | through that system in reliance on consistent application of that | ||
232 | system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing | ||
233 | to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot | ||
234 | impose that choice. | ||
235 | |||
236 | This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to | ||
237 | be a consequence of the rest of this License. | ||
238 | |||
239 | 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in | ||
240 | certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the | ||
241 | original copyright holder who places the Program under this License | ||
242 | may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding | ||
243 | those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among | ||
244 | countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates | ||
245 | the limitation as if written in the body of this License. | ||
246 | |||
247 | 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions | ||
248 | of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will | ||
249 | be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to | ||
250 | address new problems or concerns. | ||
251 | |||
252 | Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program | ||
253 | specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any | ||
254 | later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions | ||
255 | either of that version or of any later version published by the Free | ||
256 | Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of | ||
257 | this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software | ||
258 | Foundation. | ||
259 | |||
260 | 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free | ||
261 | programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author | ||
262 | to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free | ||
263 | Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes | ||
264 | make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals | ||
265 | of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and | ||
266 | of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. | ||
267 | |||
268 | NO WARRANTY | ||
269 | |||
270 | 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY | ||
271 | FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN | ||
272 | OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES | ||
273 | PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED | ||
274 | OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF | ||
275 | MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS | ||
276 | TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE | ||
277 | PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, | ||
278 | REPAIR OR CORRECTION. | ||
279 | |||
280 | 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING | ||
281 | WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR | ||
282 | REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, | ||
283 | INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING | ||
284 | OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED | ||
285 | TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY | ||
286 | YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER | ||
287 | PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE | ||
288 | POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/fore200e.txt b/Documentation/networking/fore200e.txt index 6e0d2a9613ec..f648eb265188 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/fore200e.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/fore200e.txt | |||
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ the 'software updates' pages. The firmware binaries are part of | |||
44 | the various ForeThought software distributions. | 44 | the various ForeThought software distributions. |
45 | 45 | ||
46 | Notice that different versions of the PCA-200E firmware exist, depending | 46 | Notice that different versions of the PCA-200E firmware exist, depending |
47 | on the endianess of the host architecture. The driver is shipped with | 47 | on the endianness of the host architecture. The driver is shipped with |
48 | both little and big endian PCA firmware images. | 48 | both little and big endian PCA firmware images. |
49 | 49 | ||
50 | Name and location of the new firmware images can be set at kernel | 50 | Name and location of the new firmware images can be set at kernel |
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/l2tp.txt b/Documentation/networking/l2tp.txt index e7bf3979facb..e63fc1f7bf87 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/l2tp.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/l2tp.txt | |||
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ When creating PPPoL2TP sockets, the application provides information | |||
111 | to the driver about the socket in a socket connect() call. Source and | 111 | to the driver about the socket in a socket connect() call. Source and |
112 | destination tunnel and session ids are provided, as well as the file | 112 | destination tunnel and session ids are provided, as well as the file |
113 | descriptor of a UDP socket. See struct pppol2tp_addr in | 113 | descriptor of a UDP socket. See struct pppol2tp_addr in |
114 | include/linux/if_ppp.h. Note that zero tunnel / session ids are | 114 | include/linux/if_pppol2tp.h. Note that zero tunnel / session ids are |
115 | treated specially. When creating the per-tunnel PPPoL2TP management | 115 | treated specially. When creating the per-tunnel PPPoL2TP management |
116 | socket in Step 2 above, zero source and destination session ids are | 116 | socket in Step 2 above, zero source and destination session ids are |
117 | specified, which tells the driver to prepare the supplied UDP file | 117 | specified, which tells the driver to prepare the supplied UDP file |
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/mac80211-auth-assoc-deauth.txt b/Documentation/networking/mac80211-auth-assoc-deauth.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..e0a2aa585ca3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/networking/mac80211-auth-assoc-deauth.txt | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@ | |||
1 | # | ||
2 | # This outlines the Linux authentication/association and | ||
3 | # deauthentication/disassociation flows. | ||
4 | # | ||
5 | # This can be converted into a diagram using the service | ||
6 | # at http://www.websequencediagrams.com/ | ||
7 | # | ||
8 | |||
9 | participant userspace | ||
10 | participant mac80211 | ||
11 | participant driver | ||
12 | |||
13 | alt authentication needed (not FT) | ||
14 | userspace->mac80211: authenticate | ||
15 | |||
16 | alt authenticated/authenticating already | ||
17 | mac80211->driver: sta_state(AP, not-exists) | ||
18 | mac80211->driver: bss_info_changed(clear BSSID) | ||
19 | else associated | ||
20 | note over mac80211,driver | ||
21 | like deauth/disassoc, without sending the | ||
22 | BA session stop & deauth/disassoc frames | ||
23 | end note | ||
24 | end | ||
25 | |||
26 | mac80211->driver: config(channel, non-HT) | ||
27 | mac80211->driver: bss_info_changed(set BSSID, basic rate bitmap) | ||
28 | mac80211->driver: sta_state(AP, exists) | ||
29 | |||
30 | alt no probe request data known | ||
31 | mac80211->driver: TX directed probe request | ||
32 | driver->mac80211: RX probe response | ||
33 | end | ||
34 | |||
35 | mac80211->driver: TX auth frame | ||
36 | driver->mac80211: RX auth frame | ||
37 | |||
38 | alt WEP shared key auth | ||
39 | mac80211->driver: TX auth frame | ||
40 | driver->mac80211: RX auth frame | ||
41 | end | ||
42 | |||
43 | mac80211->driver: sta_state(AP, authenticated) | ||
44 | mac80211->userspace: RX auth frame | ||
45 | |||
46 | end | ||
47 | |||
48 | userspace->mac80211: associate | ||
49 | alt authenticated or associated | ||
50 | note over mac80211,driver: cleanup like for authenticate | ||
51 | end | ||
52 | |||
53 | alt not previously authenticated (FT) | ||
54 | mac80211->driver: config(channel, non-HT) | ||
55 | mac80211->driver: bss_info_changed(set BSSID, basic rate bitmap) | ||
56 | mac80211->driver: sta_state(AP, exists) | ||
57 | mac80211->driver: sta_state(AP, authenticated) | ||
58 | end | ||
59 | mac80211->driver: TX assoc | ||
60 | driver->mac80211: RX assoc response | ||
61 | note over mac80211: init rate control | ||
62 | mac80211->driver: sta_state(AP, associated) | ||
63 | |||
64 | alt not using WPA | ||
65 | mac80211->driver: sta_state(AP, authorized) | ||
66 | end | ||
67 | |||
68 | mac80211->driver: set up QoS parameters | ||
69 | |||
70 | alt is HT channel | ||
71 | mac80211->driver: config(channel, HT params) | ||
72 | end | ||
73 | |||
74 | mac80211->driver: bss_info_changed(QoS, HT, associated with AID) | ||
75 | mac80211->userspace: associated | ||
76 | |||
77 | note left of userspace: associated now | ||
78 | |||
79 | alt using WPA | ||
80 | note over userspace | ||
81 | do 4-way-handshake | ||
82 | (data frames) | ||
83 | end note | ||
84 | userspace->mac80211: authorized | ||
85 | mac80211->driver: sta_state(AP, authorized) | ||
86 | end | ||
87 | |||
88 | userspace->mac80211: deauthenticate/disassociate | ||
89 | mac80211->driver: stop BA sessions | ||
90 | mac80211->driver: TX deauth/disassoc | ||
91 | mac80211->driver: flush frames | ||
92 | mac80211->driver: sta_state(AP,associated) | ||
93 | mac80211->driver: sta_state(AP,authenticated) | ||
94 | mac80211->driver: sta_state(AP,exists) | ||
95 | mac80211->driver: sta_state(AP,not-exists) | ||
96 | mac80211->driver: turn off powersave | ||
97 | mac80211->driver: bss_info_changed(clear BSSID, not associated, no QoS, ...) | ||
98 | mac80211->driver: config(non-HT channel type) | ||
99 | mac80211->userspace: disconnected | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/netdev-features.txt b/Documentation/networking/netdev-features.txt index 4b1c0dcef84c..4164f5c02e4b 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/netdev-features.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/netdev-features.txt | |||
@@ -152,3 +152,16 @@ NETIF_F_VLAN_CHALLENGED should be set for devices which can't cope with VLAN | |||
152 | headers. Some drivers set this because the cards can't handle the bigger MTU. | 152 | headers. Some drivers set this because the cards can't handle the bigger MTU. |
153 | [FIXME: Those cases could be fixed in VLAN code by allowing only reduced-MTU | 153 | [FIXME: Those cases could be fixed in VLAN code by allowing only reduced-MTU |
154 | VLANs. This may be not useful, though.] | 154 | VLANs. This may be not useful, though.] |
155 | |||
156 | * rx-fcs | ||
157 | |||
158 | This requests that the NIC append the Ethernet Frame Checksum (FCS) | ||
159 | to the end of the skb data. This allows sniffers and other tools to | ||
160 | read the CRC recorded by the NIC on receipt of the packet. | ||
161 | |||
162 | * rx-all | ||
163 | |||
164 | This requests that the NIC receive all possible frames, including errored | ||
165 | frames (such as bad FCS, etc). This can be helpful when sniffing a link with | ||
166 | bad packets on it. Some NICs may receive more packets if also put into normal | ||
167 | PROMISC mdoe. | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/phy.txt b/Documentation/networking/phy.txt index 9eb1ba52013d..95e5f5985a2a 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/phy.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/phy.txt | |||
@@ -62,7 +62,8 @@ The MDIO bus | |||
62 | 5) The bus must also be declared somewhere as a device, and registered. | 62 | 5) The bus must also be declared somewhere as a device, and registered. |
63 | 63 | ||
64 | As an example for how one driver implemented an mdio bus driver, see | 64 | As an example for how one driver implemented an mdio bus driver, see |
65 | drivers/net/gianfar_mii.c and arch/ppc/syslib/mpc85xx_devices.c | 65 | drivers/net/ethernet/freescale/fsl_pq_mdio.c and an associated DTS file |
66 | for one of the users. (e.g. "git grep fsl,.*-mdio arch/powerpc/boot/dts/") | ||
66 | 67 | ||
67 | Connecting to a PHY | 68 | Connecting to a PHY |
68 | 69 | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/ppp_generic.txt b/Documentation/networking/ppp_generic.txt index 15b5172fbb98..091d20273dcb 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/ppp_generic.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/ppp_generic.txt | |||
@@ -342,7 +342,7 @@ an interface unit are: | |||
342 | numbers on received multilink fragments | 342 | numbers on received multilink fragments |
343 | SC_MP_XSHORTSEQ transmit short multilink sequence nos. | 343 | SC_MP_XSHORTSEQ transmit short multilink sequence nos. |
344 | 344 | ||
345 | The values of these flags are defined in <linux/if_ppp.h>. Note | 345 | The values of these flags are defined in <linux/ppp-ioctl.h>. Note |
346 | that the values of the SC_MULTILINK, SC_MP_SHORTSEQ and | 346 | that the values of the SC_MULTILINK, SC_MP_SHORTSEQ and |
347 | SC_MP_XSHORTSEQ bits are ignored if the CONFIG_PPP_MULTILINK option | 347 | SC_MP_XSHORTSEQ bits are ignored if the CONFIG_PPP_MULTILINK option |
348 | is not selected. | 348 | is not selected. |
@@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ an interface unit are: | |||
358 | 358 | ||
359 | * PPPIOCSCOMPRESS sets the parameters for packet compression or | 359 | * PPPIOCSCOMPRESS sets the parameters for packet compression or |
360 | decompression. The argument should point to a ppp_option_data | 360 | decompression. The argument should point to a ppp_option_data |
361 | structure (defined in <linux/if_ppp.h>), which contains a | 361 | structure (defined in <linux/ppp-ioctl.h>), which contains a |
362 | pointer/length pair which should describe a block of memory | 362 | pointer/length pair which should describe a block of memory |
363 | containing a CCP option specifying a compression method and its | 363 | containing a CCP option specifying a compression method and its |
364 | parameters. The ppp_option_data struct also contains a `transmit' | 364 | parameters. The ppp_option_data struct also contains a `transmit' |
@@ -395,7 +395,7 @@ an interface unit are: | |||
395 | 395 | ||
396 | * PPPIOCSNPMODE sets the network-protocol mode for a given network | 396 | * PPPIOCSNPMODE sets the network-protocol mode for a given network |
397 | protocol. The argument should point to an npioctl struct (defined | 397 | protocol. The argument should point to an npioctl struct (defined |
398 | in <linux/if_ppp.h>). The `protocol' field gives the PPP protocol | 398 | in <linux/ppp-ioctl.h>). The `protocol' field gives the PPP protocol |
399 | number for the protocol to be affected, and the `mode' field | 399 | number for the protocol to be affected, and the `mode' field |
400 | specifies what to do with packets for that protocol: | 400 | specifies what to do with packets for that protocol: |
401 | 401 | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/nmi_watchdog.txt b/Documentation/nmi_watchdog.txt deleted file mode 100644 index bf9f80a98282..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/nmi_watchdog.txt +++ /dev/null | |||
@@ -1,83 +0,0 @@ | |||
1 | |||
2 | [NMI watchdog is available for x86 and x86-64 architectures] | ||
3 | |||
4 | Is your system locking up unpredictably? No keyboard activity, just | ||
5 | a frustrating complete hard lockup? Do you want to help us debugging | ||
6 | such lockups? If all yes then this document is definitely for you. | ||
7 | |||
8 | On many x86/x86-64 type hardware there is a feature that enables | ||
9 | us to generate 'watchdog NMI interrupts'. (NMI: Non Maskable Interrupt | ||
10 | which get executed even if the system is otherwise locked up hard). | ||
11 | This can be used to debug hard kernel lockups. By executing periodic | ||
12 | NMI interrupts, the kernel can monitor whether any CPU has locked up, | ||
13 | and print out debugging messages if so. | ||
14 | |||
15 | In order to use the NMI watchdog, you need to have APIC support in your | ||
16 | kernel. For SMP kernels, APIC support gets compiled in automatically. For | ||
17 | UP, enable either CONFIG_X86_UP_APIC (Processor type and features -> Local | ||
18 | APIC support on uniprocessors) or CONFIG_X86_UP_IOAPIC (Processor type and | ||
19 | features -> IO-APIC support on uniprocessors) in your kernel config. | ||
20 | CONFIG_X86_UP_APIC is for uniprocessor machines without an IO-APIC. | ||
21 | CONFIG_X86_UP_IOAPIC is for uniprocessor with an IO-APIC. [Note: certain | ||
22 | kernel debugging options, such as Kernel Stack Meter or Kernel Tracer, | ||
23 | may implicitly disable the NMI watchdog.] | ||
24 | |||
25 | For x86-64, the needed APIC is always compiled in. | ||
26 | |||
27 | Using local APIC (nmi_watchdog=2) needs the first performance register, so | ||
28 | you can't use it for other purposes (such as high precision performance | ||
29 | profiling.) However, at least oprofile and the perfctr driver disable the | ||
30 | local APIC NMI watchdog automatically. | ||
31 | |||
32 | To actually enable the NMI watchdog, use the 'nmi_watchdog=N' boot | ||
33 | parameter. Eg. the relevant lilo.conf entry: | ||
34 | |||
35 | append="nmi_watchdog=1" | ||
36 | |||
37 | For SMP machines and UP machines with an IO-APIC use nmi_watchdog=1. | ||
38 | For UP machines without an IO-APIC use nmi_watchdog=2, this only works | ||
39 | for some processor types. If in doubt, boot with nmi_watchdog=1 and | ||
40 | check the NMI count in /proc/interrupts; if the count is zero then | ||
41 | reboot with nmi_watchdog=2 and check the NMI count. If it is still | ||
42 | zero then log a problem, you probably have a processor that needs to be | ||
43 | added to the nmi code. | ||
44 | |||
45 | A 'lockup' is the following scenario: if any CPU in the system does not | ||
46 | execute the period local timer interrupt for more than 5 seconds, then | ||
47 | the NMI handler generates an oops and kills the process. This | ||
48 | 'controlled crash' (and the resulting kernel messages) can be used to | ||
49 | debug the lockup. Thus whenever the lockup happens, wait 5 seconds and | ||
50 | the oops will show up automatically. If the kernel produces no messages | ||
51 | then the system has crashed so hard (eg. hardware-wise) that either it | ||
52 | cannot even accept NMI interrupts, or the crash has made the kernel | ||
53 | unable to print messages. | ||
54 | |||
55 | Be aware that when using local APIC, the frequency of NMI interrupts | ||
56 | it generates, depends on the system load. The local APIC NMI watchdog, | ||
57 | lacking a better source, uses the "cycles unhalted" event. As you may | ||
58 | guess it doesn't tick when the CPU is in the halted state (which happens | ||
59 | when the system is idle), but if your system locks up on anything but the | ||
60 | "hlt" processor instruction, the watchdog will trigger very soon as the | ||
61 | "cycles unhalted" event will happen every clock tick. If it locks up on | ||
62 | "hlt", then you are out of luck -- the event will not happen at all and the | ||
63 | watchdog won't trigger. This is a shortcoming of the local APIC watchdog | ||
64 | -- unfortunately there is no "clock ticks" event that would work all the | ||
65 | time. The I/O APIC watchdog is driven externally and has no such shortcoming. | ||
66 | But its NMI frequency is much higher, resulting in a more significant hit | ||
67 | to the overall system performance. | ||
68 | |||
69 | On x86 nmi_watchdog is disabled by default so you have to enable it with | ||
70 | a boot time parameter. | ||
71 | |||
72 | It's possible to disable the NMI watchdog in run-time by writing "0" to | ||
73 | /proc/sys/kernel/nmi_watchdog. Writing "1" to the same file will re-enable | ||
74 | the NMI watchdog. Notice that you still need to use "nmi_watchdog=" parameter | ||
75 | at boot time. | ||
76 | |||
77 | NOTE: In kernels prior to 2.4.2-ac18 the NMI-oopser is enabled unconditionally | ||
78 | on x86 SMP boxes. | ||
79 | |||
80 | [ feel free to send bug reports, suggestions and patches to | ||
81 | Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com> or the Linux SMP mailing | ||
82 | list at <linux-smp@vger.kernel.org> ] | ||
83 | |||
diff --git a/Documentation/numastat.txt b/Documentation/numastat.txt index 9fcc9a608dc0..520327790d54 100644 --- a/Documentation/numastat.txt +++ b/Documentation/numastat.txt | |||
@@ -5,18 +5,23 @@ Numa policy hit/miss statistics | |||
5 | 5 | ||
6 | All units are pages. Hugepages have separate counters. | 6 | All units are pages. Hugepages have separate counters. |
7 | 7 | ||
8 | numa_hit A process wanted to allocate memory from this node, | 8 | numa_hit A process wanted to allocate memory from this node, |
9 | and succeeded. | 9 | and succeeded. |
10 | numa_miss A process wanted to allocate memory from another node, | 10 | |
11 | but ended up with memory from this node. | 11 | numa_miss A process wanted to allocate memory from another node, |
12 | numa_foreign A process wanted to allocate on this node, | 12 | but ended up with memory from this node. |
13 | but ended up with memory from another one. | 13 | |
14 | local_node A process ran on this node and got memory from it. | 14 | numa_foreign A process wanted to allocate on this node, |
15 | other_node A process ran on this node and got memory from another node. | 15 | but ended up with memory from another one. |
16 | interleave_hit Interleaving wanted to allocate from this node | 16 | |
17 | and succeeded. | 17 | local_node A process ran on this node and got memory from it. |
18 | |||
19 | other_node A process ran on this node and got memory from another node. | ||
20 | |||
21 | interleave_hit Interleaving wanted to allocate from this node | ||
22 | and succeeded. | ||
18 | 23 | ||
19 | For easier reading you can use the numastat utility from the numactl package | 24 | For easier reading you can use the numastat utility from the numactl package |
20 | (ftp://ftp.suse.com/pub/people/ak/numa/numactl*). Note that it only works | 25 | (http://oss.sgi.com/projects/libnuma/). Note that it only works |
21 | well right now on machines with a small number of CPUs. | 26 | well right now on machines with a small number of CPUs. |
22 | 27 | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/power/devices.txt b/Documentation/power/devices.txt index 20af7def23c8..872815cd41d3 100644 --- a/Documentation/power/devices.txt +++ b/Documentation/power/devices.txt | |||
@@ -96,6 +96,12 @@ struct dev_pm_ops { | |||
96 | int (*thaw)(struct device *dev); | 96 | int (*thaw)(struct device *dev); |
97 | int (*poweroff)(struct device *dev); | 97 | int (*poweroff)(struct device *dev); |
98 | int (*restore)(struct device *dev); | 98 | int (*restore)(struct device *dev); |
99 | int (*suspend_late)(struct device *dev); | ||
100 | int (*resume_early)(struct device *dev); | ||
101 | int (*freeze_late)(struct device *dev); | ||
102 | int (*thaw_early)(struct device *dev); | ||
103 | int (*poweroff_late)(struct device *dev); | ||
104 | int (*restore_early)(struct device *dev); | ||
99 | int (*suspend_noirq)(struct device *dev); | 105 | int (*suspend_noirq)(struct device *dev); |
100 | int (*resume_noirq)(struct device *dev); | 106 | int (*resume_noirq)(struct device *dev); |
101 | int (*freeze_noirq)(struct device *dev); | 107 | int (*freeze_noirq)(struct device *dev); |
@@ -305,7 +311,7 @@ Entering System Suspend | |||
305 | ----------------------- | 311 | ----------------------- |
306 | When the system goes into the standby or memory sleep state, the phases are: | 312 | When the system goes into the standby or memory sleep state, the phases are: |
307 | 313 | ||
308 | prepare, suspend, suspend_noirq. | 314 | prepare, suspend, suspend_late, suspend_noirq. |
309 | 315 | ||
310 | 1. The prepare phase is meant to prevent races by preventing new devices | 316 | 1. The prepare phase is meant to prevent races by preventing new devices |
311 | from being registered; the PM core would never know that all the | 317 | from being registered; the PM core would never know that all the |
@@ -324,7 +330,12 @@ When the system goes into the standby or memory sleep state, the phases are: | |||
324 | appropriate low-power state, depending on the bus type the device is on, | 330 | appropriate low-power state, depending on the bus type the device is on, |
325 | and they may enable wakeup events. | 331 | and they may enable wakeup events. |
326 | 332 | ||
327 | 3. The suspend_noirq phase occurs after IRQ handlers have been disabled, | 333 | 3 For a number of devices it is convenient to split suspend into the |
334 | "quiesce device" and "save device state" phases, in which cases | ||
335 | suspend_late is meant to do the latter. It is always executed after | ||
336 | runtime power management has been disabled for all devices. | ||
337 | |||
338 | 4. The suspend_noirq phase occurs after IRQ handlers have been disabled, | ||
328 | which means that the driver's interrupt handler will not be called while | 339 | which means that the driver's interrupt handler will not be called while |
329 | the callback method is running. The methods should save the values of | 340 | the callback method is running. The methods should save the values of |
330 | the device's registers that weren't saved previously and finally put the | 341 | the device's registers that weren't saved previously and finally put the |
@@ -359,7 +370,7 @@ Leaving System Suspend | |||
359 | ---------------------- | 370 | ---------------------- |
360 | When resuming from standby or memory sleep, the phases are: | 371 | When resuming from standby or memory sleep, the phases are: |
361 | 372 | ||
362 | resume_noirq, resume, complete. | 373 | resume_noirq, resume_early, resume, complete. |
363 | 374 | ||
364 | 1. The resume_noirq callback methods should perform any actions needed | 375 | 1. The resume_noirq callback methods should perform any actions needed |
365 | before the driver's interrupt handlers are invoked. This generally | 376 | before the driver's interrupt handlers are invoked. This generally |
@@ -375,14 +386,18 @@ When resuming from standby or memory sleep, the phases are: | |||
375 | device driver's ->pm.resume_noirq() method to perform device-specific | 386 | device driver's ->pm.resume_noirq() method to perform device-specific |
376 | actions. | 387 | actions. |
377 | 388 | ||
378 | 2. The resume methods should bring the the device back to its operating | 389 | 2. The resume_early methods should prepare devices for the execution of |
390 | the resume methods. This generally involves undoing the actions of the | ||
391 | preceding suspend_late phase. | ||
392 | |||
393 | 3 The resume methods should bring the the device back to its operating | ||
379 | state, so that it can perform normal I/O. This generally involves | 394 | state, so that it can perform normal I/O. This generally involves |
380 | undoing the actions of the suspend phase. | 395 | undoing the actions of the suspend phase. |
381 | 396 | ||
382 | 3. The complete phase uses only a bus callback. The method should undo the | 397 | 4. The complete phase should undo the actions of the prepare phase. Note, |
383 | actions of the prepare phase. Note, however, that new children may be | 398 | however, that new children may be registered below the device as soon as |
384 | registered below the device as soon as the resume callbacks occur; it's | 399 | the resume callbacks occur; it's not necessary to wait until the |
385 | not necessary to wait until the complete phase. | 400 | complete phase. |
386 | 401 | ||
387 | At the end of these phases, drivers should be as functional as they were before | 402 | At the end of these phases, drivers should be as functional as they were before |
388 | suspending: I/O can be performed using DMA and IRQs, and the relevant clocks are | 403 | suspending: I/O can be performed using DMA and IRQs, and the relevant clocks are |
@@ -429,8 +444,8 @@ an image of the system memory while everything is stable, reactivate all | |||
429 | devices (thaw), write the image to permanent storage, and finally shut down the | 444 | devices (thaw), write the image to permanent storage, and finally shut down the |
430 | system (poweroff). The phases used to accomplish this are: | 445 | system (poweroff). The phases used to accomplish this are: |
431 | 446 | ||
432 | prepare, freeze, freeze_noirq, thaw_noirq, thaw, complete, | 447 | prepare, freeze, freeze_late, freeze_noirq, thaw_noirq, thaw_early, |
433 | prepare, poweroff, poweroff_noirq | 448 | thaw, complete, prepare, poweroff, poweroff_late, poweroff_noirq |
434 | 449 | ||
435 | 1. The prepare phase is discussed in the "Entering System Suspend" section | 450 | 1. The prepare phase is discussed in the "Entering System Suspend" section |
436 | above. | 451 | above. |
@@ -441,7 +456,11 @@ system (poweroff). The phases used to accomplish this are: | |||
441 | save time it's best not to do so. Also, the device should not be | 456 | save time it's best not to do so. Also, the device should not be |
442 | prepared to generate wakeup events. | 457 | prepared to generate wakeup events. |
443 | 458 | ||
444 | 3. The freeze_noirq phase is analogous to the suspend_noirq phase discussed | 459 | 3. The freeze_late phase is analogous to the suspend_late phase described |
460 | above, except that the device should not be put in a low-power state and | ||
461 | should not be allowed to generate wakeup events by it. | ||
462 | |||
463 | 4. The freeze_noirq phase is analogous to the suspend_noirq phase discussed | ||
445 | above, except again that the device should not be put in a low-power | 464 | above, except again that the device should not be put in a low-power |
446 | state and should not be allowed to generate wakeup events. | 465 | state and should not be allowed to generate wakeup events. |
447 | 466 | ||
@@ -449,15 +468,19 @@ At this point the system image is created. All devices should be inactive and | |||
449 | the contents of memory should remain undisturbed while this happens, so that the | 468 | the contents of memory should remain undisturbed while this happens, so that the |
450 | image forms an atomic snapshot of the system state. | 469 | image forms an atomic snapshot of the system state. |
451 | 470 | ||
452 | 4. The thaw_noirq phase is analogous to the resume_noirq phase discussed | 471 | 5. The thaw_noirq phase is analogous to the resume_noirq phase discussed |
453 | above. The main difference is that its methods can assume the device is | 472 | above. The main difference is that its methods can assume the device is |
454 | in the same state as at the end of the freeze_noirq phase. | 473 | in the same state as at the end of the freeze_noirq phase. |
455 | 474 | ||
456 | 5. The thaw phase is analogous to the resume phase discussed above. Its | 475 | 6. The thaw_early phase is analogous to the resume_early phase described |
476 | above. Its methods should undo the actions of the preceding | ||
477 | freeze_late, if necessary. | ||
478 | |||
479 | 7. The thaw phase is analogous to the resume phase discussed above. Its | ||
457 | methods should bring the device back to an operating state, so that it | 480 | methods should bring the device back to an operating state, so that it |
458 | can be used for saving the image if necessary. | 481 | can be used for saving the image if necessary. |
459 | 482 | ||
460 | 6. The complete phase is discussed in the "Leaving System Suspend" section | 483 | 8. The complete phase is discussed in the "Leaving System Suspend" section |
461 | above. | 484 | above. |
462 | 485 | ||
463 | At this point the system image is saved, and the devices then need to be | 486 | At this point the system image is saved, and the devices then need to be |
@@ -465,16 +488,19 @@ prepared for the upcoming system shutdown. This is much like suspending them | |||
465 | before putting the system into the standby or memory sleep state, and the phases | 488 | before putting the system into the standby or memory sleep state, and the phases |
466 | are similar. | 489 | are similar. |
467 | 490 | ||
468 | 7. The prepare phase is discussed above. | 491 | 9. The prepare phase is discussed above. |
492 | |||
493 | 10. The poweroff phase is analogous to the suspend phase. | ||
469 | 494 | ||
470 | 8. The poweroff phase is analogous to the suspend phase. | 495 | 11. The poweroff_late phase is analogous to the suspend_late phase. |
471 | 496 | ||
472 | 9. The poweroff_noirq phase is analogous to the suspend_noirq phase. | 497 | 12. The poweroff_noirq phase is analogous to the suspend_noirq phase. |
473 | 498 | ||
474 | The poweroff and poweroff_noirq callbacks should do essentially the same things | 499 | The poweroff, poweroff_late and poweroff_noirq callbacks should do essentially |
475 | as the suspend and suspend_noirq callbacks. The only notable difference is that | 500 | the same things as the suspend, suspend_late and suspend_noirq callbacks, |
476 | they need not store the device register values, because the registers should | 501 | respectively. The only notable difference is that they need not store the |
477 | already have been stored during the freeze or freeze_noirq phases. | 502 | device register values, because the registers should already have been stored |
503 | during the freeze, freeze_late or freeze_noirq phases. | ||
478 | 504 | ||
479 | 505 | ||
480 | Leaving Hibernation | 506 | Leaving Hibernation |
@@ -518,22 +544,25 @@ To achieve this, the image kernel must restore the devices' pre-hibernation | |||
518 | functionality. The operation is much like waking up from the memory sleep | 544 | functionality. The operation is much like waking up from the memory sleep |
519 | state, although it involves different phases: | 545 | state, although it involves different phases: |
520 | 546 | ||
521 | restore_noirq, restore, complete | 547 | restore_noirq, restore_early, restore, complete |
522 | 548 | ||
523 | 1. The restore_noirq phase is analogous to the resume_noirq phase. | 549 | 1. The restore_noirq phase is analogous to the resume_noirq phase. |
524 | 550 | ||
525 | 2. The restore phase is analogous to the resume phase. | 551 | 2. The restore_early phase is analogous to the resume_early phase. |
552 | |||
553 | 3. The restore phase is analogous to the resume phase. | ||
526 | 554 | ||
527 | 3. The complete phase is discussed above. | 555 | 4. The complete phase is discussed above. |
528 | 556 | ||
529 | The main difference from resume[_noirq] is that restore[_noirq] must assume the | 557 | The main difference from resume[_early|_noirq] is that restore[_early|_noirq] |
530 | device has been accessed and reconfigured by the boot loader or the boot kernel. | 558 | must assume the device has been accessed and reconfigured by the boot loader or |
531 | Consequently the state of the device may be different from the state remembered | 559 | the boot kernel. Consequently the state of the device may be different from the |
532 | from the freeze and freeze_noirq phases. The device may even need to be reset | 560 | state remembered from the freeze, freeze_late and freeze_noirq phases. The |
533 | and completely re-initialized. In many cases this difference doesn't matter, so | 561 | device may even need to be reset and completely re-initialized. In many cases |
534 | the resume[_noirq] and restore[_norq] method pointers can be set to the same | 562 | this difference doesn't matter, so the resume[_early|_noirq] and |
535 | routines. Nevertheless, different callback pointers are used in case there is a | 563 | restore[_early|_norq] method pointers can be set to the same routines. |
536 | situation where it actually matters. | 564 | Nevertheless, different callback pointers are used in case there is a situation |
565 | where it actually does matter. | ||
537 | 566 | ||
538 | 567 | ||
539 | Device Power Management Domains | 568 | Device Power Management Domains |
diff --git a/Documentation/power/freezing-of-tasks.txt b/Documentation/power/freezing-of-tasks.txt index ebd7490ef1df..ec715cd78fbb 100644 --- a/Documentation/power/freezing-of-tasks.txt +++ b/Documentation/power/freezing-of-tasks.txt | |||
@@ -63,6 +63,27 @@ devices have been reinitialized, the function thaw_processes() is called in | |||
63 | order to clear the PF_FROZEN flag for each frozen task. Then, the tasks that | 63 | order to clear the PF_FROZEN flag for each frozen task. Then, the tasks that |
64 | have been frozen leave __refrigerator() and continue running. | 64 | have been frozen leave __refrigerator() and continue running. |
65 | 65 | ||
66 | |||
67 | Rationale behind the functions dealing with freezing and thawing of tasks: | ||
68 | ------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
69 | |||
70 | freeze_processes(): | ||
71 | - freezes only userspace tasks | ||
72 | |||
73 | freeze_kernel_threads(): | ||
74 | - freezes all tasks (including kernel threads) because we can't freeze | ||
75 | kernel threads without freezing userspace tasks | ||
76 | |||
77 | thaw_kernel_threads(): | ||
78 | - thaws only kernel threads; this is particularly useful if we need to do | ||
79 | anything special in between thawing of kernel threads and thawing of | ||
80 | userspace tasks, or if we want to postpone the thawing of userspace tasks | ||
81 | |||
82 | thaw_processes(): | ||
83 | - thaws all tasks (including kernel threads) because we can't thaw userspace | ||
84 | tasks without thawing kernel threads | ||
85 | |||
86 | |||
66 | III. Which kernel threads are freezable? | 87 | III. Which kernel threads are freezable? |
67 | 88 | ||
68 | Kernel threads are not freezable by default. However, a kernel thread may clear | 89 | Kernel threads are not freezable by default. However, a kernel thread may clear |
diff --git a/Documentation/scheduler/sched-stats.txt b/Documentation/scheduler/sched-stats.txt index 1cd5d51bc761..8259b34a66ae 100644 --- a/Documentation/scheduler/sched-stats.txt +++ b/Documentation/scheduler/sched-stats.txt | |||
@@ -38,7 +38,8 @@ First field is a sched_yield() statistic: | |||
38 | 1) # of times sched_yield() was called | 38 | 1) # of times sched_yield() was called |
39 | 39 | ||
40 | Next three are schedule() statistics: | 40 | Next three are schedule() statistics: |
41 | 2) # of times we switched to the expired queue and reused it | 41 | 2) This field is a legacy array expiration count field used in the O(1) |
42 | scheduler. We kept it for ABI compatibility, but it is always set to zero. | ||
42 | 3) # of times schedule() was called | 43 | 3) # of times schedule() was called |
43 | 4) # of times schedule() left the processor idle | 44 | 4) # of times schedule() left the processor idle |
44 | 45 | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.lpfc b/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.lpfc index c56ec99d7b2f..2f6d595f95e1 100644 --- a/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.lpfc +++ b/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.lpfc | |||
@@ -1718,7 +1718,7 @@ Changes from 20040319 to 20040326 | |||
1718 | * lpfc_els_timeout_handler() now uses system timer. | 1718 | * lpfc_els_timeout_handler() now uses system timer. |
1719 | * Further cleanup of #ifdef powerpc | 1719 | * Further cleanup of #ifdef powerpc |
1720 | * lpfc_scsi_timeout_handler() now uses system timer. | 1720 | * lpfc_scsi_timeout_handler() now uses system timer. |
1721 | * Replace common driver's own defines for endianess w/ Linux's | 1721 | * Replace common driver's own defines for endianness w/ Linux's |
1722 | __BIG_ENDIAN etc. | 1722 | __BIG_ENDIAN etc. |
1723 | * Added #ifdef IPFC for all IPFC specific code. | 1723 | * Added #ifdef IPFC for all IPFC specific code. |
1724 | * lpfc_disc_retry_rptlun() now uses system timer. | 1724 | * lpfc_disc_retry_rptlun() now uses system timer. |
diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.megaraid_sas b/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.megaraid_sas index 57566bacb4c5..83f8ea8b79eb 100644 --- a/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.megaraid_sas +++ b/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.megaraid_sas | |||
@@ -510,7 +510,7 @@ i. Support for 1078 type (ppc IOP) controller, device id : 0x60 added. | |||
510 | 3 Older Version : 00.00.02.02 | 510 | 3 Older Version : 00.00.02.02 |
511 | i. Register 16 byte CDB capability with scsi midlayer | 511 | i. Register 16 byte CDB capability with scsi midlayer |
512 | 512 | ||
513 | "Ths patch properly registers the 16 byte command length capability of the | 513 | "This patch properly registers the 16 byte command length capability of the |
514 | megaraid_sas controlled hardware with the scsi midlayer. All megaraid_sas | 514 | megaraid_sas controlled hardware with the scsi midlayer. All megaraid_sas |
515 | hardware supports 16 byte CDB's." | 515 | hardware supports 16 byte CDB's." |
516 | 516 | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/scsi-generic.txt b/Documentation/scsi/scsi-generic.txt index 0a22ab8ea0c1..51be20a6a14d 100644 --- a/Documentation/scsi/scsi-generic.txt +++ b/Documentation/scsi/scsi-generic.txt | |||
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ There are two packages of sg utilities: | |||
62 | and earlier | 62 | and earlier |
63 | Both packages will work in the lk 2.4 series however sg3_utils offers more | 63 | Both packages will work in the lk 2.4 series however sg3_utils offers more |
64 | capabilities. They can be found at: http://sg.danny.cz/sg/sg3_utils.html and | 64 | capabilities. They can be found at: http://sg.danny.cz/sg/sg3_utils.html and |
65 | freshmeat.net | 65 | freecode.com |
66 | 66 | ||
67 | Another approach is to look at the applications that use the sg driver. | 67 | Another approach is to look at the applications that use the sg driver. |
68 | These include cdrecord, cdparanoia, SANE and cdrdao. | 68 | These include cdrecord, cdparanoia, SANE and cdrdao. |
diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/tmscsim.txt b/Documentation/scsi/tmscsim.txt index 61c0531e044a..3303d218b32e 100644 --- a/Documentation/scsi/tmscsim.txt +++ b/Documentation/scsi/tmscsim.txt | |||
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ So take at least the following measures: | |||
102 | ftp://student.physik.uni-dortmund.de/pub/linux/kernel/bootdisk.gz | 102 | ftp://student.physik.uni-dortmund.de/pub/linux/kernel/bootdisk.gz |
103 | 103 | ||
104 | One more warning: I used to overclock my PCI bus to 41.67 MHz. My Tekram | 104 | One more warning: I used to overclock my PCI bus to 41.67 MHz. My Tekram |
105 | DC390F (Sym53c875) accepted this as well as my Millenium. But the Am53C974 | 105 | DC390F (Sym53c875) accepted this as well as my Millennium. But the Am53C974 |
106 | produced errors and started to corrupt my disks. So don't do that! A 37.50 | 106 | produced errors and started to corrupt my disks. So don't do that! A 37.50 |
107 | MHz PCI bus works for me, though, but I don't recommend using higher clocks | 107 | MHz PCI bus works for me, though, but I don't recommend using higher clocks |
108 | than the 33.33 MHz being in the PCI spec. | 108 | than the 33.33 MHz being in the PCI spec. |
diff --git a/Documentation/security/Smack.txt b/Documentation/security/Smack.txt index e9dab41c0fe0..d2f72ae66432 100644 --- a/Documentation/security/Smack.txt +++ b/Documentation/security/Smack.txt | |||
@@ -536,6 +536,6 @@ writing a single character to the /smack/logging file : | |||
536 | 3 : log denied & accepted | 536 | 3 : log denied & accepted |
537 | 537 | ||
538 | Events are logged as 'key=value' pairs, for each event you at least will get | 538 | Events are logged as 'key=value' pairs, for each event you at least will get |
539 | the subjet, the object, the rights requested, the action, the kernel function | 539 | the subject, the object, the rights requested, the action, the kernel function |
540 | that triggered the event, plus other pairs depending on the type of event | 540 | that triggered the event, plus other pairs depending on the type of event |
541 | audited. | 541 | audited. |
diff --git a/Documentation/security/keys-trusted-encrypted.txt b/Documentation/security/keys-trusted-encrypted.txt index c9e4855ed3d7..e105ae97a4f5 100644 --- a/Documentation/security/keys-trusted-encrypted.txt +++ b/Documentation/security/keys-trusted-encrypted.txt | |||
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ | |||
1 | Trusted and Encrypted Keys | 1 | Trusted and Encrypted Keys |
2 | 2 | ||
3 | Trusted and Encrypted Keys are two new key types added to the existing kernel | 3 | Trusted and Encrypted Keys are two new key types added to the existing kernel |
4 | key ring service. Both of these new types are variable length symmetic keys, | 4 | key ring service. Both of these new types are variable length symmetric keys, |
5 | and in both cases all keys are created in the kernel, and user space sees, | 5 | and in both cases all keys are created in the kernel, and user space sees, |
6 | stores, and loads only encrypted blobs. Trusted Keys require the availability | 6 | stores, and loads only encrypted blobs. Trusted Keys require the availability |
7 | of a Trusted Platform Module (TPM) chip for greater security, while Encrypted | 7 | of a Trusted Platform Module (TPM) chip for greater security, while Encrypted |
diff --git a/Documentation/security/keys.txt b/Documentation/security/keys.txt index 713ec232c562..787717091421 100644 --- a/Documentation/security/keys.txt +++ b/Documentation/security/keys.txt | |||
@@ -672,7 +672,7 @@ The keyctl syscall functions are: | |||
672 | 672 | ||
673 | If the kernel calls back to userspace to complete the instantiation of a | 673 | If the kernel calls back to userspace to complete the instantiation of a |
674 | key, userspace should use this call mark the key as negative before the | 674 | key, userspace should use this call mark the key as negative before the |
675 | invoked process returns if it is unable to fulfil the request. | 675 | invoked process returns if it is unable to fulfill the request. |
676 | 676 | ||
677 | The process must have write access on the key to be able to instantiate | 677 | The process must have write access on the key to be able to instantiate |
678 | it, and the key must be uninstantiated. | 678 | it, and the key must be uninstantiated. |
diff --git a/Documentation/sound/alsa/ALSA-Configuration.txt b/Documentation/sound/alsa/ALSA-Configuration.txt index 936699e4f04b..12e3a0fb9bec 100644 --- a/Documentation/sound/alsa/ALSA-Configuration.txt +++ b/Documentation/sound/alsa/ALSA-Configuration.txt | |||
@@ -1588,7 +1588,7 @@ Prior to version 0.9.0rc4 options had a 'snd_' prefix. This was removed. | |||
1588 | 1588 | ||
1589 | Module supports autoprobe a chip. | 1589 | Module supports autoprobe a chip. |
1590 | 1590 | ||
1591 | Note: the driver may have problems regarding endianess. | 1591 | Note: the driver may have problems regarding endianness. |
1592 | 1592 | ||
1593 | The power-management is supported. | 1593 | The power-management is supported. |
1594 | 1594 | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/spi/spi-summary b/Documentation/spi/spi-summary index 4884cb33845d..7312ec14dd89 100644 --- a/Documentation/spi/spi-summary +++ b/Documentation/spi/spi-summary | |||
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ | |||
1 | Overview of Linux kernel SPI support | 1 | Overview of Linux kernel SPI support |
2 | ==================================== | 2 | ==================================== |
3 | 3 | ||
4 | 21-May-2007 | 4 | 02-Feb-2012 |
5 | 5 | ||
6 | What is SPI? | 6 | What is SPI? |
7 | ------------ | 7 | ------------ |
@@ -483,9 +483,9 @@ also initialize its own internal state. (See below about bus numbering | |||
483 | and those methods.) | 483 | and those methods.) |
484 | 484 | ||
485 | After you initialize the spi_master, then use spi_register_master() to | 485 | After you initialize the spi_master, then use spi_register_master() to |
486 | publish it to the rest of the system. At that time, device nodes for | 486 | publish it to the rest of the system. At that time, device nodes for the |
487 | the controller and any predeclared spi devices will be made available, | 487 | controller and any predeclared spi devices will be made available, and |
488 | and the driver model core will take care of binding them to drivers. | 488 | the driver model core will take care of binding them to drivers. |
489 | 489 | ||
490 | If you need to remove your SPI controller driver, spi_unregister_master() | 490 | If you need to remove your SPI controller driver, spi_unregister_master() |
491 | will reverse the effect of spi_register_master(). | 491 | will reverse the effect of spi_register_master(). |
@@ -521,21 +521,53 @@ SPI MASTER METHODS | |||
521 | ** When you code setup(), ASSUME that the controller | 521 | ** When you code setup(), ASSUME that the controller |
522 | ** is actively processing transfers for another device. | 522 | ** is actively processing transfers for another device. |
523 | 523 | ||
524 | master->transfer(struct spi_device *spi, struct spi_message *message) | ||
525 | This must not sleep. Its responsibility is arrange that the | ||
526 | transfer happens and its complete() callback is issued. The two | ||
527 | will normally happen later, after other transfers complete, and | ||
528 | if the controller is idle it will need to be kickstarted. | ||
529 | |||
530 | master->cleanup(struct spi_device *spi) | 524 | master->cleanup(struct spi_device *spi) |
531 | Your controller driver may use spi_device.controller_state to hold | 525 | Your controller driver may use spi_device.controller_state to hold |
532 | state it dynamically associates with that device. If you do that, | 526 | state it dynamically associates with that device. If you do that, |
533 | be sure to provide the cleanup() method to free that state. | 527 | be sure to provide the cleanup() method to free that state. |
534 | 528 | ||
529 | master->prepare_transfer_hardware(struct spi_master *master) | ||
530 | This will be called by the queue mechanism to signal to the driver | ||
531 | that a message is coming in soon, so the subsystem requests the | ||
532 | driver to prepare the transfer hardware by issuing this call. | ||
533 | This may sleep. | ||
534 | |||
535 | master->unprepare_transfer_hardware(struct spi_master *master) | ||
536 | This will be called by the queue mechanism to signal to the driver | ||
537 | that there are no more messages pending in the queue and it may | ||
538 | relax the hardware (e.g. by power management calls). This may sleep. | ||
539 | |||
540 | master->transfer_one_message(struct spi_master *master, | ||
541 | struct spi_message *mesg) | ||
542 | The subsystem calls the driver to transfer a single message while | ||
543 | queuing transfers that arrive in the meantime. When the driver is | ||
544 | finished with this message, it must call | ||
545 | spi_finalize_current_message() so the subsystem can issue the next | ||
546 | transfer. This may sleep. | ||
547 | |||
548 | DEPRECATED METHODS | ||
549 | |||
550 | master->transfer(struct spi_device *spi, struct spi_message *message) | ||
551 | This must not sleep. Its responsibility is arrange that the | ||
552 | transfer happens and its complete() callback is issued. The two | ||
553 | will normally happen later, after other transfers complete, and | ||
554 | if the controller is idle it will need to be kickstarted. This | ||
555 | method is not used on queued controllers and must be NULL if | ||
556 | transfer_one_message() and (un)prepare_transfer_hardware() are | ||
557 | implemented. | ||
558 | |||
535 | 559 | ||
536 | SPI MESSAGE QUEUE | 560 | SPI MESSAGE QUEUE |
537 | 561 | ||
538 | The bulk of the driver will be managing the I/O queue fed by transfer(). | 562 | If you are happy with the standard queueing mechanism provided by the |
563 | SPI subsystem, just implement the queued methods specified above. Using | ||
564 | the message queue has the upside of centralizing a lot of code and | ||
565 | providing pure process-context execution of methods. The message queue | ||
566 | can also be elevated to realtime priority on high-priority SPI traffic. | ||
567 | |||
568 | Unless the queueing mechanism in the SPI subsystem is selected, the bulk | ||
569 | of the driver will be managing the I/O queue fed by the now deprecated | ||
570 | function transfer(). | ||
539 | 571 | ||
540 | That queue could be purely conceptual. For example, a driver used only | 572 | That queue could be purely conceptual. For example, a driver used only |
541 | for low-frequency sensor access might be fine using synchronous PIO. | 573 | for low-frequency sensor access might be fine using synchronous PIO. |
@@ -561,4 +593,6 @@ Stephen Street | |||
561 | Mark Underwood | 593 | Mark Underwood |
562 | Andrew Victor | 594 | Andrew Victor |
563 | Vitaly Wool | 595 | Vitaly Wool |
564 | 596 | Grant Likely | |
597 | Mark Brown | ||
598 | Linus Walleij | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/static-keys.txt b/Documentation/static-keys.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..d93f3c00f245 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/static-keys.txt | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,286 @@ | |||
1 | Static Keys | ||
2 | ----------- | ||
3 | |||
4 | By: Jason Baron <jbaron@redhat.com> | ||
5 | |||
6 | 0) Abstract | ||
7 | |||
8 | Static keys allows the inclusion of seldom used features in | ||
9 | performance-sensitive fast-path kernel code, via a GCC feature and a code | ||
10 | patching technique. A quick example: | ||
11 | |||
12 | struct static_key key = STATIC_KEY_INIT_FALSE; | ||
13 | |||
14 | ... | ||
15 | |||
16 | if (static_key_false(&key)) | ||
17 | do unlikely code | ||
18 | else | ||
19 | do likely code | ||
20 | |||
21 | ... | ||
22 | static_key_slow_inc(); | ||
23 | ... | ||
24 | static_key_slow_inc(); | ||
25 | ... | ||
26 | |||
27 | The static_key_false() branch will be generated into the code with as little | ||
28 | impact to the likely code path as possible. | ||
29 | |||
30 | |||
31 | 1) Motivation | ||
32 | |||
33 | |||
34 | Currently, tracepoints are implemented using a conditional branch. The | ||
35 | conditional check requires checking a global variable for each tracepoint. | ||
36 | Although the overhead of this check is small, it increases when the memory | ||
37 | cache comes under pressure (memory cache lines for these global variables may | ||
38 | be shared with other memory accesses). As we increase the number of tracepoints | ||
39 | in the kernel this overhead may become more of an issue. In addition, | ||
40 | tracepoints are often dormant (disabled) and provide no direct kernel | ||
41 | functionality. Thus, it is highly desirable to reduce their impact as much as | ||
42 | possible. Although tracepoints are the original motivation for this work, other | ||
43 | kernel code paths should be able to make use of the static keys facility. | ||
44 | |||
45 | |||
46 | 2) Solution | ||
47 | |||
48 | |||
49 | gcc (v4.5) adds a new 'asm goto' statement that allows branching to a label: | ||
50 | |||
51 | http://gcc.gnu.org/ml/gcc-patches/2009-07/msg01556.html | ||
52 | |||
53 | Using the 'asm goto', we can create branches that are either taken or not taken | ||
54 | by default, without the need to check memory. Then, at run-time, we can patch | ||
55 | the branch site to change the branch direction. | ||
56 | |||
57 | For example, if we have a simple branch that is disabled by default: | ||
58 | |||
59 | if (static_key_false(&key)) | ||
60 | printk("I am the true branch\n"); | ||
61 | |||
62 | Thus, by default the 'printk' will not be emitted. And the code generated will | ||
63 | consist of a single atomic 'no-op' instruction (5 bytes on x86), in the | ||
64 | straight-line code path. When the branch is 'flipped', we will patch the | ||
65 | 'no-op' in the straight-line codepath with a 'jump' instruction to the | ||
66 | out-of-line true branch. Thus, changing branch direction is expensive but | ||
67 | branch selection is basically 'free'. That is the basic tradeoff of this | ||
68 | optimization. | ||
69 | |||
70 | This lowlevel patching mechanism is called 'jump label patching', and it gives | ||
71 | the basis for the static keys facility. | ||
72 | |||
73 | 3) Static key label API, usage and examples: | ||
74 | |||
75 | |||
76 | In order to make use of this optimization you must first define a key: | ||
77 | |||
78 | struct static_key key; | ||
79 | |||
80 | Which is initialized as: | ||
81 | |||
82 | struct static_key key = STATIC_KEY_INIT_TRUE; | ||
83 | |||
84 | or: | ||
85 | |||
86 | struct static_key key = STATIC_KEY_INIT_FALSE; | ||
87 | |||
88 | If the key is not initialized, it is default false. The 'struct static_key', | ||
89 | must be a 'global'. That is, it can't be allocated on the stack or dynamically | ||
90 | allocated at run-time. | ||
91 | |||
92 | The key is then used in code as: | ||
93 | |||
94 | if (static_key_false(&key)) | ||
95 | do unlikely code | ||
96 | else | ||
97 | do likely code | ||
98 | |||
99 | Or: | ||
100 | |||
101 | if (static_key_true(&key)) | ||
102 | do likely code | ||
103 | else | ||
104 | do unlikely code | ||
105 | |||
106 | A key that is initialized via 'STATIC_KEY_INIT_FALSE', must be used in a | ||
107 | 'static_key_false()' construct. Likewise, a key initialized via | ||
108 | 'STATIC_KEY_INIT_TRUE' must be used in a 'static_key_true()' construct. A | ||
109 | single key can be used in many branches, but all the branches must match the | ||
110 | way that the key has been initialized. | ||
111 | |||
112 | The branch(es) can then be switched via: | ||
113 | |||
114 | static_key_slow_inc(&key); | ||
115 | ... | ||
116 | static_key_slow_dec(&key); | ||
117 | |||
118 | Thus, 'static_key_slow_inc()' means 'make the branch true', and | ||
119 | 'static_key_slow_dec()' means 'make the the branch false' with appropriate | ||
120 | reference counting. For example, if the key is initialized true, a | ||
121 | static_key_slow_dec(), will switch the branch to false. And a subsequent | ||
122 | static_key_slow_inc(), will change the branch back to true. Likewise, if the | ||
123 | key is initialized false, a 'static_key_slow_inc()', will change the branch to | ||
124 | true. And then a 'static_key_slow_dec()', will again make the branch false. | ||
125 | |||
126 | An example usage in the kernel is the implementation of tracepoints: | ||
127 | |||
128 | static inline void trace_##name(proto) \ | ||
129 | { \ | ||
130 | if (static_key_false(&__tracepoint_##name.key)) \ | ||
131 | __DO_TRACE(&__tracepoint_##name, \ | ||
132 | TP_PROTO(data_proto), \ | ||
133 | TP_ARGS(data_args), \ | ||
134 | TP_CONDITION(cond)); \ | ||
135 | } | ||
136 | |||
137 | Tracepoints are disabled by default, and can be placed in performance critical | ||
138 | pieces of the kernel. Thus, by using a static key, the tracepoints can have | ||
139 | absolutely minimal impact when not in use. | ||
140 | |||
141 | |||
142 | 4) Architecture level code patching interface, 'jump labels' | ||
143 | |||
144 | |||
145 | There are a few functions and macros that architectures must implement in order | ||
146 | to take advantage of this optimization. If there is no architecture support, we | ||
147 | simply fall back to a traditional, load, test, and jump sequence. | ||
148 | |||
149 | * select HAVE_ARCH_JUMP_LABEL, see: arch/x86/Kconfig | ||
150 | |||
151 | * #define JUMP_LABEL_NOP_SIZE, see: arch/x86/include/asm/jump_label.h | ||
152 | |||
153 | * __always_inline bool arch_static_branch(struct static_key *key), see: | ||
154 | arch/x86/include/asm/jump_label.h | ||
155 | |||
156 | * void arch_jump_label_transform(struct jump_entry *entry, enum jump_label_type type), | ||
157 | see: arch/x86/kernel/jump_label.c | ||
158 | |||
159 | * __init_or_module void arch_jump_label_transform_static(struct jump_entry *entry, enum jump_label_type type), | ||
160 | see: arch/x86/kernel/jump_label.c | ||
161 | |||
162 | |||
163 | * struct jump_entry, see: arch/x86/include/asm/jump_label.h | ||
164 | |||
165 | |||
166 | 5) Static keys / jump label analysis, results (x86_64): | ||
167 | |||
168 | |||
169 | As an example, let's add the following branch to 'getppid()', such that the | ||
170 | system call now looks like: | ||
171 | |||
172 | SYSCALL_DEFINE0(getppid) | ||
173 | { | ||
174 | int pid; | ||
175 | |||
176 | + if (static_key_false(&key)) | ||
177 | + printk("I am the true branch\n"); | ||
178 | |||
179 | rcu_read_lock(); | ||
180 | pid = task_tgid_vnr(rcu_dereference(current->real_parent)); | ||
181 | rcu_read_unlock(); | ||
182 | |||
183 | return pid; | ||
184 | } | ||
185 | |||
186 | The resulting instructions with jump labels generated by GCC is: | ||
187 | |||
188 | ffffffff81044290 <sys_getppid>: | ||
189 | ffffffff81044290: 55 push %rbp | ||
190 | ffffffff81044291: 48 89 e5 mov %rsp,%rbp | ||
191 | ffffffff81044294: e9 00 00 00 00 jmpq ffffffff81044299 <sys_getppid+0x9> | ||
192 | ffffffff81044299: 65 48 8b 04 25 c0 b6 mov %gs:0xb6c0,%rax | ||
193 | ffffffff810442a0: 00 00 | ||
194 | ffffffff810442a2: 48 8b 80 80 02 00 00 mov 0x280(%rax),%rax | ||
195 | ffffffff810442a9: 48 8b 80 b0 02 00 00 mov 0x2b0(%rax),%rax | ||
196 | ffffffff810442b0: 48 8b b8 e8 02 00 00 mov 0x2e8(%rax),%rdi | ||
197 | ffffffff810442b7: e8 f4 d9 00 00 callq ffffffff81051cb0 <pid_vnr> | ||
198 | ffffffff810442bc: 5d pop %rbp | ||
199 | ffffffff810442bd: 48 98 cltq | ||
200 | ffffffff810442bf: c3 retq | ||
201 | ffffffff810442c0: 48 c7 c7 e3 54 98 81 mov $0xffffffff819854e3,%rdi | ||
202 | ffffffff810442c7: 31 c0 xor %eax,%eax | ||
203 | ffffffff810442c9: e8 71 13 6d 00 callq ffffffff8171563f <printk> | ||
204 | ffffffff810442ce: eb c9 jmp ffffffff81044299 <sys_getppid+0x9> | ||
205 | |||
206 | Without the jump label optimization it looks like: | ||
207 | |||
208 | ffffffff810441f0 <sys_getppid>: | ||
209 | ffffffff810441f0: 8b 05 8a 52 d8 00 mov 0xd8528a(%rip),%eax # ffffffff81dc9480 <key> | ||
210 | ffffffff810441f6: 55 push %rbp | ||
211 | ffffffff810441f7: 48 89 e5 mov %rsp,%rbp | ||
212 | ffffffff810441fa: 85 c0 test %eax,%eax | ||
213 | ffffffff810441fc: 75 27 jne ffffffff81044225 <sys_getppid+0x35> | ||
214 | ffffffff810441fe: 65 48 8b 04 25 c0 b6 mov %gs:0xb6c0,%rax | ||
215 | ffffffff81044205: 00 00 | ||
216 | ffffffff81044207: 48 8b 80 80 02 00 00 mov 0x280(%rax),%rax | ||
217 | ffffffff8104420e: 48 8b 80 b0 02 00 00 mov 0x2b0(%rax),%rax | ||
218 | ffffffff81044215: 48 8b b8 e8 02 00 00 mov 0x2e8(%rax),%rdi | ||
219 | ffffffff8104421c: e8 2f da 00 00 callq ffffffff81051c50 <pid_vnr> | ||
220 | ffffffff81044221: 5d pop %rbp | ||
221 | ffffffff81044222: 48 98 cltq | ||
222 | ffffffff81044224: c3 retq | ||
223 | ffffffff81044225: 48 c7 c7 13 53 98 81 mov $0xffffffff81985313,%rdi | ||
224 | ffffffff8104422c: 31 c0 xor %eax,%eax | ||
225 | ffffffff8104422e: e8 60 0f 6d 00 callq ffffffff81715193 <printk> | ||
226 | ffffffff81044233: eb c9 jmp ffffffff810441fe <sys_getppid+0xe> | ||
227 | ffffffff81044235: 66 66 2e 0f 1f 84 00 data32 nopw %cs:0x0(%rax,%rax,1) | ||
228 | ffffffff8104423c: 00 00 00 00 | ||
229 | |||
230 | Thus, the disable jump label case adds a 'mov', 'test' and 'jne' instruction | ||
231 | vs. the jump label case just has a 'no-op' or 'jmp 0'. (The jmp 0, is patched | ||
232 | to a 5 byte atomic no-op instruction at boot-time.) Thus, the disabled jump | ||
233 | label case adds: | ||
234 | |||
235 | 6 (mov) + 2 (test) + 2 (jne) = 10 - 5 (5 byte jump 0) = 5 addition bytes. | ||
236 | |||
237 | If we then include the padding bytes, the jump label code saves, 16 total bytes | ||
238 | of instruction memory for this small fucntion. In this case the non-jump label | ||
239 | function is 80 bytes long. Thus, we have have saved 20% of the instruction | ||
240 | footprint. We can in fact improve this even further, since the 5-byte no-op | ||
241 | really can be a 2-byte no-op since we can reach the branch with a 2-byte jmp. | ||
242 | However, we have not yet implemented optimal no-op sizes (they are currently | ||
243 | hard-coded). | ||
244 | |||
245 | Since there are a number of static key API uses in the scheduler paths, | ||
246 | 'pipe-test' (also known as 'perf bench sched pipe') can be used to show the | ||
247 | performance improvement. Testing done on 3.3.0-rc2: | ||
248 | |||
249 | jump label disabled: | ||
250 | |||
251 | Performance counter stats for 'bash -c /tmp/pipe-test' (50 runs): | ||
252 | |||
253 | 855.700314 task-clock # 0.534 CPUs utilized ( +- 0.11% ) | ||
254 | 200,003 context-switches # 0.234 M/sec ( +- 0.00% ) | ||
255 | 0 CPU-migrations # 0.000 M/sec ( +- 39.58% ) | ||
256 | 487 page-faults # 0.001 M/sec ( +- 0.02% ) | ||
257 | 1,474,374,262 cycles # 1.723 GHz ( +- 0.17% ) | ||
258 | <not supported> stalled-cycles-frontend | ||
259 | <not supported> stalled-cycles-backend | ||
260 | 1,178,049,567 instructions # 0.80 insns per cycle ( +- 0.06% ) | ||
261 | 208,368,926 branches # 243.507 M/sec ( +- 0.06% ) | ||
262 | 5,569,188 branch-misses # 2.67% of all branches ( +- 0.54% ) | ||
263 | |||
264 | 1.601607384 seconds time elapsed ( +- 0.07% ) | ||
265 | |||
266 | jump label enabled: | ||
267 | |||
268 | Performance counter stats for 'bash -c /tmp/pipe-test' (50 runs): | ||
269 | |||
270 | 841.043185 task-clock # 0.533 CPUs utilized ( +- 0.12% ) | ||
271 | 200,004 context-switches # 0.238 M/sec ( +- 0.00% ) | ||
272 | 0 CPU-migrations # 0.000 M/sec ( +- 40.87% ) | ||
273 | 487 page-faults # 0.001 M/sec ( +- 0.05% ) | ||
274 | 1,432,559,428 cycles # 1.703 GHz ( +- 0.18% ) | ||
275 | <not supported> stalled-cycles-frontend | ||
276 | <not supported> stalled-cycles-backend | ||
277 | 1,175,363,994 instructions # 0.82 insns per cycle ( +- 0.04% ) | ||
278 | 206,859,359 branches # 245.956 M/sec ( +- 0.04% ) | ||
279 | 4,884,119 branch-misses # 2.36% of all branches ( +- 0.85% ) | ||
280 | |||
281 | 1.579384366 seconds time elapsed | ||
282 | |||
283 | The percentage of saved branches is .7%, and we've saved 12% on | ||
284 | 'branch-misses'. This is where we would expect to get the most savings, since | ||
285 | this optimization is about reducing the number of branches. In addition, we've | ||
286 | saved .2% on instructions, and 2.8% on cycles and 1.4% on elapsed time. | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/target/tcm_mod_builder.py b/Documentation/target/tcm_mod_builder.py index 6e21b8b52638..a78879b01f09 100755 --- a/Documentation/target/tcm_mod_builder.py +++ b/Documentation/target/tcm_mod_builder.py | |||
@@ -775,7 +775,7 @@ def tcm_mod_dump_fabric_ops(proto_ident, fabric_mod_dir_var, fabric_mod_name): | |||
775 | buf += " struct " + fabric_mod_name + "_nacl *nacl;\n\n" | 775 | buf += " struct " + fabric_mod_name + "_nacl *nacl;\n\n" |
776 | buf += " nacl = kzalloc(sizeof(struct " + fabric_mod_name + "_nacl), GFP_KERNEL);\n" | 776 | buf += " nacl = kzalloc(sizeof(struct " + fabric_mod_name + "_nacl), GFP_KERNEL);\n" |
777 | buf += " if (!nacl) {\n" | 777 | buf += " if (!nacl) {\n" |
778 | buf += " printk(KERN_ERR \"Unable to alocate struct " + fabric_mod_name + "_nacl\\n\");\n" | 778 | buf += " printk(KERN_ERR \"Unable to allocate struct " + fabric_mod_name + "_nacl\\n\");\n" |
779 | buf += " return NULL;\n" | 779 | buf += " return NULL;\n" |
780 | buf += " }\n\n" | 780 | buf += " }\n\n" |
781 | buf += " return &nacl->se_node_acl;\n" | 781 | buf += " return &nacl->se_node_acl;\n" |
diff --git a/Documentation/trace/events-power.txt b/Documentation/trace/events-power.txt index 96d87b67fe37..cf794af22855 100644 --- a/Documentation/trace/events-power.txt +++ b/Documentation/trace/events-power.txt | |||
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ power_end "cpu_id=%lu" | |||
57 | The 'type' parameter takes one of those macros: | 57 | The 'type' parameter takes one of those macros: |
58 | . POWER_NONE = 0, | 58 | . POWER_NONE = 0, |
59 | . POWER_CSTATE = 1, /* C-State */ | 59 | . POWER_CSTATE = 1, /* C-State */ |
60 | . POWER_PSTATE = 2, /* Fequency change or DVFS */ | 60 | . POWER_PSTATE = 2, /* Frequency change or DVFS */ |
61 | 61 | ||
62 | The 'state' parameter is set depending on the type: | 62 | The 'state' parameter is set depending on the type: |
63 | . Target C-state for type=POWER_CSTATE, | 63 | . Target C-state for type=POWER_CSTATE, |
diff --git a/Documentation/trace/ftrace.txt b/Documentation/trace/ftrace.txt index 1ebc24cf9a55..6f51fed45f2d 100644 --- a/Documentation/trace/ftrace.txt +++ b/Documentation/trace/ftrace.txt | |||
@@ -226,6 +226,13 @@ Here is the list of current tracers that may be configured. | |||
226 | Traces and records the max latency that it takes for | 226 | Traces and records the max latency that it takes for |
227 | the highest priority task to get scheduled after | 227 | the highest priority task to get scheduled after |
228 | it has been woken up. | 228 | it has been woken up. |
229 | Traces all tasks as an average developer would expect. | ||
230 | |||
231 | "wakeup_rt" | ||
232 | |||
233 | Traces and records the max latency that it takes for just | ||
234 | RT tasks (as the current "wakeup" does). This is useful | ||
235 | for those interested in wake up timings of RT tasks. | ||
229 | 236 | ||
230 | "hw-branch-tracer" | 237 | "hw-branch-tracer" |
231 | 238 | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/usb/mtouchusb.txt b/Documentation/usb/mtouchusb.txt index 86302cd53ed3..a91adb26ea7b 100644 --- a/Documentation/usb/mtouchusb.txt +++ b/Documentation/usb/mtouchusb.txt | |||
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ | |||
1 | CHANGES | 1 | CHANGES |
2 | 2 | ||
3 | - 0.3 - Created based off of scanner & INSTALL from the original touchscreen | 3 | - 0.3 - Created based off of scanner & INSTALL from the original touchscreen |
4 | driver on freshmeat (http://freshmeat.net/projects/3mtouchscreendriver) | 4 | driver on freecode (http://freecode.com/projects/3mtouchscreendriver) |
5 | - Amended for linux-2.4.18, then 2.4.19 | 5 | - Amended for linux-2.4.18, then 2.4.19 |
6 | 6 | ||
7 | - 0.5 - Complete rewrite using Linux Input in 2.6.3 | 7 | - 0.5 - Complete rewrite using Linux Input in 2.6.3 |
diff --git a/Documentation/usb/power-management.txt b/Documentation/usb/power-management.txt index 12511c98cc4f..817df299ea07 100644 --- a/Documentation/usb/power-management.txt +++ b/Documentation/usb/power-management.txt | |||
@@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ autosuspend the device. | |||
345 | Drivers need not be concerned about balancing changes to the usage | 345 | Drivers need not be concerned about balancing changes to the usage |
346 | counter; the USB core will undo any remaining "get"s when a driver | 346 | counter; the USB core will undo any remaining "get"s when a driver |
347 | is unbound from its interface. As a corollary, drivers must not call | 347 | is unbound from its interface. As a corollary, drivers must not call |
348 | any of the usb_autopm_* functions after their diconnect() routine has | 348 | any of the usb_autopm_* functions after their disconnect() routine has |
349 | returned. | 349 | returned. |
350 | 350 | ||
351 | Drivers using the async routines are responsible for their own | 351 | Drivers using the async routines are responsible for their own |
diff --git a/Documentation/usb/proc_usb_info.txt b/Documentation/usb/proc_usb_info.txt index afe596d5f201..c9c3f0f5ad7b 100644 --- a/Documentation/usb/proc_usb_info.txt +++ b/Documentation/usb/proc_usb_info.txt | |||
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ The usbfs filesystem for USB devices is traditionally mounted at | |||
7 | /proc/bus/usb. It provides the /proc/bus/usb/devices file, as well as | 7 | /proc/bus/usb. It provides the /proc/bus/usb/devices file, as well as |
8 | the /proc/bus/usb/BBB/DDD files. | 8 | the /proc/bus/usb/BBB/DDD files. |
9 | 9 | ||
10 | In many modern systems the usbfs filsystem isn't used at all. Instead | 10 | In many modern systems the usbfs filesystem isn't used at all. Instead |
11 | USB device nodes are created under /dev/usb/ or someplace similar. The | 11 | USB device nodes are created under /dev/usb/ or someplace similar. The |
12 | "devices" file is available in debugfs, typically as | 12 | "devices" file is available in debugfs, typically as |
13 | /sys/kernel/debug/usb/devices. | 13 | /sys/kernel/debug/usb/devices. |
diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/uvcvideo.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/uvcvideo.txt index 848d620dcc5c..35ce19cddcf8 100644 --- a/Documentation/video4linux/uvcvideo.txt +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/uvcvideo.txt | |||
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ Description: | |||
116 | A UVC control can be mapped to several V4L2 controls. For instance, | 116 | A UVC control can be mapped to several V4L2 controls. For instance, |
117 | a UVC pan/tilt control could be mapped to separate pan and tilt V4L2 | 117 | a UVC pan/tilt control could be mapped to separate pan and tilt V4L2 |
118 | controls. The UVC control is divided into non overlapping fields using | 118 | controls. The UVC control is divided into non overlapping fields using |
119 | the 'size' and 'offset' fields and are then independantly mapped to | 119 | the 'size' and 'offset' fields and are then independently mapped to |
120 | V4L2 control. | 120 | V4L2 control. |
121 | 121 | ||
122 | For signed integer V4L2 controls the data_type field should be set to | 122 | For signed integer V4L2 controls the data_type field should be set to |
diff --git a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/mmu.txt b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/mmu.txt index 5dc972c09b55..fa5f1dbc6b23 100644 --- a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/mmu.txt +++ b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/mmu.txt | |||
@@ -347,7 +347,7 @@ To instantiate a large spte, four constraints must be satisfied: | |||
347 | 347 | ||
348 | - the spte must point to a large host page | 348 | - the spte must point to a large host page |
349 | - the guest pte must be a large pte of at least equivalent size (if tdp is | 349 | - the guest pte must be a large pte of at least equivalent size (if tdp is |
350 | enabled, there is no guest pte and this condition is satisified) | 350 | enabled, there is no guest pte and this condition is satisfied) |
351 | - if the spte will be writeable, the large page frame may not overlap any | 351 | - if the spte will be writeable, the large page frame may not overlap any |
352 | write-protected pages | 352 | write-protected pages |
353 | - the guest page must be wholly contained by a single memory slot | 353 | - the guest page must be wholly contained by a single memory slot |
@@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ To check the last two conditions, the mmu maintains a ->write_count set of | |||
356 | arrays for each memory slot and large page size. Every write protected page | 356 | arrays for each memory slot and large page size. Every write protected page |
357 | causes its write_count to be incremented, thus preventing instantiation of | 357 | causes its write_count to be incremented, thus preventing instantiation of |
358 | a large spte. The frames at the end of an unaligned memory slot have | 358 | a large spte. The frames at the end of an unaligned memory slot have |
359 | artificically inflated ->write_counts so they can never be instantiated. | 359 | artificially inflated ->write_counts so they can never be instantiated. |
360 | 360 | ||
361 | Further reading | 361 | Further reading |
362 | =============== | 362 | =============== |
diff --git a/Documentation/virtual/virtio-spec.txt b/Documentation/virtual/virtio-spec.txt index a350ae135b8c..da094737e2f8 100644 --- a/Documentation/virtual/virtio-spec.txt +++ b/Documentation/virtual/virtio-spec.txt | |||
@@ -1403,7 +1403,7 @@ segmentation, if both guests are amenable. | |||
1403 | 1403 | ||
1404 | Packets are transmitted by placing them in the transmitq, and | 1404 | Packets are transmitted by placing them in the transmitq, and |
1405 | buffers for incoming packets are placed in the receiveq. In each | 1405 | buffers for incoming packets are placed in the receiveq. In each |
1406 | case, the packet itself is preceeded by a header: | 1406 | case, the packet itself is preceded by a header: |
1407 | 1407 | ||
1408 | struct virtio_net_hdr { | 1408 | struct virtio_net_hdr { |
1409 | 1409 | ||
@@ -1642,7 +1642,7 @@ struct virtio_net_ctrl_mac { | |||
1642 | 1642 | ||
1643 | The device can filter incoming packets by any number of | 1643 | The device can filter incoming packets by any number of |
1644 | destination MAC addresses.[footnote: | 1644 | destination MAC addresses.[footnote: |
1645 | Since there are no guarentees, it can use a hash filter | 1645 | Since there are no guarantees, it can use a hash filter |
1646 | orsilently switch to allmulti or promiscuous mode if it is given | 1646 | orsilently switch to allmulti or promiscuous mode if it is given |
1647 | too many addresses. | 1647 | too many addresses. |
1648 | ] This table is set using the class VIRTIO_NET_CTRL_MAC and the | 1648 | ] This table is set using the class VIRTIO_NET_CTRL_MAC and the |
@@ -1805,7 +1805,7 @@ the FLUSH and FLUSH_OUT types are equivalent, the device does not | |||
1805 | distinguish between them | 1805 | distinguish between them |
1806 | ]). If the device has VIRTIO_BLK_F_BARRIER feature the high bit | 1806 | ]). If the device has VIRTIO_BLK_F_BARRIER feature the high bit |
1807 | (VIRTIO_BLK_T_BARRIER) indicates that this request acts as a | 1807 | (VIRTIO_BLK_T_BARRIER) indicates that this request acts as a |
1808 | barrier and that all preceeding requests must be complete before | 1808 | barrier and that all preceding requests must be complete before |
1809 | this one, and all following requests must not be started until | 1809 | this one, and all following requests must not be started until |
1810 | this is complete. Note that a barrier does not flush caches in | 1810 | this is complete. Note that a barrier does not flush caches in |
1811 | the underlying backend device in host, and thus does not serve as | 1811 | the underlying backend device in host, and thus does not serve as |
@@ -2118,7 +2118,7 @@ This is historical, and independent of the guest page size | |||
2118 | 2118 | ||
2119 | Otherwise, the guest may begin to re-use pages previously given | 2119 | Otherwise, the guest may begin to re-use pages previously given |
2120 | to the balloon before the device has acknowledged their | 2120 | to the balloon before the device has acknowledged their |
2121 | withdrawl. [footnote: | 2121 | withdrawal. [footnote: |
2122 | In this case, deflation advice is merely a courtesy | 2122 | In this case, deflation advice is merely a courtesy |
2123 | ] | 2123 | ] |
2124 | 2124 | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/vm/cleancache.txt b/Documentation/vm/cleancache.txt index 36c367c73084..d5c615af10ba 100644 --- a/Documentation/vm/cleancache.txt +++ b/Documentation/vm/cleancache.txt | |||
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ failed_gets - number of gets that failed | |||
92 | puts - number of puts attempted (all "succeed") | 92 | puts - number of puts attempted (all "succeed") |
93 | flushes - number of flushes attempted | 93 | flushes - number of flushes attempted |
94 | 94 | ||
95 | A backend implementatation may provide additional metrics. | 95 | A backend implementation may provide additional metrics. |
96 | 96 | ||
97 | FAQ | 97 | FAQ |
98 | 98 | ||
diff --git a/Documentation/vm/unevictable-lru.txt b/Documentation/vm/unevictable-lru.txt index 97bae3c576c2..fa206cccf89f 100644 --- a/Documentation/vm/unevictable-lru.txt +++ b/Documentation/vm/unevictable-lru.txt | |||
@@ -538,7 +538,7 @@ different reverse map mechanisms. | |||
538 | process because mlocked pages are migratable. However, for reclaim, if | 538 | process because mlocked pages are migratable. However, for reclaim, if |
539 | the page is mapped into a VM_LOCKED VMA, the scan stops. | 539 | the page is mapped into a VM_LOCKED VMA, the scan stops. |
540 | 540 | ||
541 | try_to_unmap_anon() attempts to acquire in read mode the mmap semphore of | 541 | try_to_unmap_anon() attempts to acquire in read mode the mmap semaphore of |
542 | the mm_struct to which the VMA belongs. If this is successful, it will | 542 | the mm_struct to which the VMA belongs. If this is successful, it will |
543 | mlock the page via mlock_vma_page() - we wouldn't have gotten to | 543 | mlock the page via mlock_vma_page() - we wouldn't have gotten to |
544 | try_to_unmap_anon() if the page were already mlocked - and will return | 544 | try_to_unmap_anon() if the page were already mlocked - and will return |
@@ -619,11 +619,11 @@ all PTEs from the page. For this purpose, the unevictable/mlock infrastructure | |||
619 | introduced a variant of try_to_unmap() called try_to_munlock(). | 619 | introduced a variant of try_to_unmap() called try_to_munlock(). |
620 | 620 | ||
621 | try_to_munlock() calls the same functions as try_to_unmap() for anonymous and | 621 | try_to_munlock() calls the same functions as try_to_unmap() for anonymous and |
622 | mapped file pages with an additional argument specifing unlock versus unmap | 622 | mapped file pages with an additional argument specifying unlock versus unmap |
623 | processing. Again, these functions walk the respective reverse maps looking | 623 | processing. Again, these functions walk the respective reverse maps looking |
624 | for VM_LOCKED VMAs. When such a VMA is found for anonymous pages and file | 624 | for VM_LOCKED VMAs. When such a VMA is found for anonymous pages and file |
625 | pages mapped in linear VMAs, as in the try_to_unmap() case, the functions | 625 | pages mapped in linear VMAs, as in the try_to_unmap() case, the functions |
626 | attempt to acquire the associated mmap semphore, mlock the page via | 626 | attempt to acquire the associated mmap semaphore, mlock the page via |
627 | mlock_vma_page() and return SWAP_MLOCK. This effectively undoes the | 627 | mlock_vma_page() and return SWAP_MLOCK. This effectively undoes the |
628 | pre-clearing of the page's PG_mlocked done by munlock_vma_page. | 628 | pre-clearing of the page's PG_mlocked done by munlock_vma_page. |
629 | 629 | ||
@@ -641,7 +641,7 @@ with it - the usual fallback position. | |||
641 | Note that try_to_munlock()'s reverse map walk must visit every VMA in a page's | 641 | Note that try_to_munlock()'s reverse map walk must visit every VMA in a page's |
642 | reverse map to determine that a page is NOT mapped into any VM_LOCKED VMA. | 642 | reverse map to determine that a page is NOT mapped into any VM_LOCKED VMA. |
643 | However, the scan can terminate when it encounters a VM_LOCKED VMA and can | 643 | However, the scan can terminate when it encounters a VM_LOCKED VMA and can |
644 | successfully acquire the VMA's mmap semphore for read and mlock the page. | 644 | successfully acquire the VMA's mmap semaphore for read and mlock the page. |
645 | Although try_to_munlock() might be called a great many times when munlocking a | 645 | Although try_to_munlock() might be called a great many times when munlocking a |
646 | large region or tearing down a large address space that has been mlocked via | 646 | large region or tearing down a large address space that has been mlocked via |
647 | mlockall(), overall this is a fairly rare event. | 647 | mlockall(), overall this is a fairly rare event. |
diff --git a/Documentation/watchdog/watchdog-kernel-api.txt b/Documentation/watchdog/watchdog-kernel-api.txt index 4b93c28e35c6..9e162465b0cf 100644 --- a/Documentation/watchdog/watchdog-kernel-api.txt +++ b/Documentation/watchdog/watchdog-kernel-api.txt | |||
@@ -167,4 +167,4 @@ driver specific data to and a pointer to the data itself. | |||
167 | 167 | ||
168 | The watchdog_get_drvdata function allows you to retrieve driver specific data. | 168 | The watchdog_get_drvdata function allows you to retrieve driver specific data. |
169 | The argument of this function is the watchdog device where you want to retrieve | 169 | The argument of this function is the watchdog device where you want to retrieve |
170 | data from. The function retruns the pointer to the driver specific data. | 170 | data from. The function returns the pointer to the driver specific data. |
diff --git a/Documentation/zh_CN/HOWTO b/Documentation/zh_CN/HOWTO index faf976c0c731..7fba5aab9ef9 100644 --- a/Documentation/zh_CN/HOWTO +++ b/Documentation/zh_CN/HOWTO | |||
@@ -316,7 +316,7 @@ linux-kernel邮件列表中提供反馈,告诉大家你遇到了问题还是 | |||
316 | git.kernel.org:/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jejb/scsi-misc-2.6.git | 316 | git.kernel.org:/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jejb/scsi-misc-2.6.git |
317 | 317 | ||
318 | 使用quilt管理的补丁集: | 318 | 使用quilt管理的补丁集: |
319 | - USB, PCI, 驱动程序核心和I2C, Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de> | 319 | - USB, PCI, 驱动程序核心和I2C, Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> |
320 | kernel.org/pub/linux/kernel/people/gregkh/gregkh-2.6/ | 320 | kernel.org/pub/linux/kernel/people/gregkh/gregkh-2.6/ |
321 | - x86-64, 部分i386, Andi Kleen <ak@suse.de> | 321 | - x86-64, 部分i386, Andi Kleen <ak@suse.de> |
322 | ftp.firstfloor.org:/pub/ak/x86_64/quilt/ | 322 | ftp.firstfloor.org:/pub/ak/x86_64/quilt/ |
diff --git a/Documentation/zh_CN/magic-number.txt b/Documentation/zh_CN/magic-number.txt index c278f412dc65..f606ba8598cf 100644 --- a/Documentation/zh_CN/magic-number.txt +++ b/Documentation/zh_CN/magic-number.txt | |||
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ TTY_DRIVER_MAGIC 0x5402 tty_driver include/linux/tty_driver.h | |||
89 | MGSLPC_MAGIC 0x5402 mgslpc_info drivers/char/pcmcia/synclink_cs.c | 89 | MGSLPC_MAGIC 0x5402 mgslpc_info drivers/char/pcmcia/synclink_cs.c |
90 | TTY_LDISC_MAGIC 0x5403 tty_ldisc include/linux/tty_ldisc.h | 90 | TTY_LDISC_MAGIC 0x5403 tty_ldisc include/linux/tty_ldisc.h |
91 | USB_SERIAL_MAGIC 0x6702 usb_serial drivers/usb/serial/usb-serial.h | 91 | USB_SERIAL_MAGIC 0x6702 usb_serial drivers/usb/serial/usb-serial.h |
92 | FULL_DUPLEX_MAGIC 0x6969 drivers/net/tulip/de2104x.c | 92 | FULL_DUPLEX_MAGIC 0x6969 drivers/net/ethernet/dec/tulip/de2104x.c |
93 | USB_BLUETOOTH_MAGIC 0x6d02 usb_bluetooth drivers/usb/class/bluetty.c | 93 | USB_BLUETOOTH_MAGIC 0x6d02 usb_bluetooth drivers/usb/class/bluetty.c |
94 | RFCOMM_TTY_MAGIC 0x6d02 net/bluetooth/rfcomm/tty.c | 94 | RFCOMM_TTY_MAGIC 0x6d02 net/bluetooth/rfcomm/tty.c |
95 | USB_SERIAL_PORT_MAGIC 0x7301 usb_serial_port drivers/usb/serial/usb-serial.h | 95 | USB_SERIAL_PORT_MAGIC 0x7301 usb_serial_port drivers/usb/serial/usb-serial.h |